U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Information Products Division |
U.S. Patent Classification System - Classification Definitions
as of June 30, 2000
Patents classified in a subclass may be accessed by either clicking on
the subclass number
preceding each subclass definition or on the
" " icon, below.
( please note that patents for some subclasses may not be available )
For classification search strategies, please refer to the
Classification Index
Explanation of Data web page.
(definitions have been obtained from the
Patents ASSIST CD-ROM which
is produced by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Electronic Products Branch)
Class 257
ACTIVE SOLID-STATE DEVICES (E.G.,TRANSISTORS, SOLID-STATE
DIODES)
Class Definition:
This class provides for active solid-state electronic
devices, that is, electronic devices or components that are
made up primarily of solid materials, usually semiconductors,
which operate by the movement of charge carriers - electrons
or holes - which undergo energy level changes within the
material and can modify an input voltage to achieve
rectification, amplification, or switching action, and are
not classified elsewhere.
SCOPE OF THE CLASS
Active solid-state electronic devices include diodes,
transistors, thyristors, etc., but exclude pure resistors,
capacitors, inductors, or combinations solely thereof. The
latter class of devices is characterized as passive.
The subject matter to be found here includes only active
solid-state devices, per se. It may include one or more such
devices combined with contacts or leads, or structures
configured to be tested on a semiconductor chip, or merely
semiconductor material without contacts or leads where the
sole disclosed use is an active solid-state device. This
subject matter does not include active solid-state devices
combined with significant circuits.
Claims reciting an integrated circuit nominally with
significant metallization will be classified in Class 257,
whereas otherwise, nominal recitation of an integrated
circuit (i.e., without significant active solid-state device
recitation) will not be sufficient to permit the device to be
classified in Class 257.
KEY CONCEPTS
See Subclass References to the Current Class, below, for
references that relate to key concepts and terms found in
Class 257. An indication that a particular concept or term
occurs in one or more subclasses does not mean that the
indicated subclass or subclasses are the only places that
subject matter may be found. That subject matter may
possibly be found elsewhere in Class 257 listed under a
related term or concept that may be broader or narrower or of
the same scope.
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
A. Classes related to Class 257 subject matter in the sense
that they employ active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits and the relationship of these classes to Class 257
is mainly that of a combination to a subcombination or of a
genus to a specie. See References to Other Classes, below,
referencing this section.
B. Classes related to Class 257 subject matter in the sense
that they employ active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits and the use of active solid-state electronic devices
primarily as a perfecting feature. See References to Other
Classes, below, referencing this section.
C. See References to Other Classes below for classes that
provide for materials used in active solid-state electronic
devices.
D. See References to Other Classes, below, for classes
related to Class 257 because they provide for methods of
making, cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state devices,
e.g., Class 438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing:
Process.
E. See References to Other Classes, below, for Classes
related to Class 257 because they provide for active
solid-state electronic devices structures with a specified
use, e.g., Class 136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and
Photoelectric.
F. See References to Other Classes, below, for classes
providing for provide for subcombination subject matter that
can be used as component part of active solid-state
electronic devices (e.g., lead frames) or perfect the device
(e.g., a heat sink).
G. Classes which provide for passive solid-state electronic
devices with names that may refer to either active or passive
solid-state electronic devices, e.g., coherers, varistors,
varactors. luminescent or electroluminescent devices. The
devices may be part of the main subject matter of the class
or may be used as circuit elements in circuits or control or
measuring systems which form the main subject matter of the
class.
See References to Other Classes, below, referencing this
section.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 through 8, for bulk effect device.
2 - 5, 16, 52-63, and 646, for amorphous semiconductor
material.
4 72, 91, 144, 150, 151, 175-177, 181, 182, 207-211, 246-250,
276, 309, 317, 401, 448, 457, 459, 503, 508, 573, 584, 587,
602, 621, 625, 666-676, and 692-697, for configuration of
electrode, contact, lead or pad.
4 32, 33, 81, 91, 99, 144, 150-153, 177-179, 181, 182, 203,
207-211, 276, 377, 382-385, 459, 503, 522, 554, 573, 576,
584, 602, 621, 625, 661-677, 690-700, and 734-786, for
electrical contact or lead.
6 through 8, for Gunn effect (intervalley transfer).
7 for intervalley transfer (e.g., Gunn) device in integrated
circuit.
10 through 11, and 407, for controlled work function
material.
10 and 11, for electron emissive layer.
10 through 27, and 104-106, for heterojunction involving
quantum-mechanical tunneling.
10 and 11, for photocathode.
10 54, 73, 155, 192-195, 217, 260, 267, 269, 275-277,
280-284, 449-457, 471-486, and 928, for Schottky barrier.
10 11, 30-39, and 314-326, for tunneling-insulator layer.
10 11, and 407, for work function of material, controlled,
e.g., low.
13 76, 78, 85, 90, and 94-97, for heterojunction light
emitter.
13 79-103, and 918, for light emitting device.
13 through 25, for quantum well device.
15 through 22, and 28, for superlattice.
16 55, 63, and 65, for heterojunction in non-single-crystal
material.
18 19, and 190, for mismatched or strained lattice.
18 19, and 190, for mismatch of lattice constant.
18 and 19, for strained layer superlattice heterojunction.
19 76, 78, 103, 200-201, and 613-616, for alloy of two
different semiconductors (e.g., Ga[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]In[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt]As).
20 24, 27, 57-61, 66-72, 133-145, 192-195, 202-211, 213, and
252-413, for field effect devices.
20 24, and 194, for HEMT (High electron mobility
transistor).
20 27, 187, and 192-195, for heterojunction FETs.
21 85, 184-189, for heterojunction in light responsive
device.
21 for light responsive or activated device (superlattice
quantum well heterojunction).
21 53-56, 59, 72, 80-85, 113-118, 184-189, 222, 223, 225-234,
257, 258, 290-294, 325, 428-466, 680, 681, and 749, for
radiation responsive.
21 and 187, for light responsive heterojunction transistor.
21 187, 443, and 462, for photosensitive bipolar transistor.
26 27, and 29, for ballistic transport device.
26 27, and 29, for ballistic transport transistor.
31 through 36, for Josephson device.
31 through 36, and 661-663, for superconductive
element/device.
31 through 36, 468, and 661-663, for thermal device operated
at cryogenic temperature.
33 for high temperature (30 K) Josephson device.
40 for organic semiconductor material.
41 for point contact device.
42 for Selenium (elemental).
44 through 47, for alloyed junction.
45 for thermal gradient zone melting (TGZM).
46 104, and 105, for Esaki diode.
46 and 104-106, for p-n junction type (Esaki type)
tunneling.
47 197, 205, 273, 350, 361, 370, 378, 423, 462, 477 though
479, 511, 512, 517, 518, 525, 526, 539-543, and 552-593, for
bipolar transistor structure.
47 for alloyed junction bipolar transistor.
48 and 797, for calibration or test structure.5, for array
of bulk effect amorphous switches.
48 for test structures.
49 through 75, for non-single crystal, as active layer.
49 through 51, 64-75, 359, 377, 380-382, 385, 412, 505, 518,
520, 524-527, 538, 554, 576, 581, 588, and 754-757, for
polycrystalline semiconductor material.
49 through 51, and 64-75, for polycrystalline active
junction material.
49 through 51, and 64-75, for recrystallized active
semiconductor layer.
50 and 530, for anti-fuse component or element.
50 530, and 928, for shorted devices, in general, e.g.,
anti-fuse elements.
53 through 56, for amorphous semiconductor material device.
53 through 56, 108, 225, 252, and 414, for responsiveness to
nonelectric signal.
55 and 63, for alloy of amorphous semiconductor materials.
55 63, and 65, and 646, for silicon nitride to increase band
gap of amorphous or polycrystalline silicon.
56 58, 62, and 65, for for dangling bond.
56 58, 62, and 68, for passivation of dangling bonds in
nonsingle crystal semiconductor.
57 through 61, 66-72, and 368-401, for insulated gate FET in
integrated circuit.
57 through 61, and 66-72, for FET in non-single crystal or
recrystallized semiconductor material (e.g., amorphous or
polycrystalline semiconductor as channel).
59 72, and 88-93, for array as imager, or with transparent
electrode, or as display (with plural light emitters).
59 72, 449-457, and 749, for electrical contact or lead
transparent to light.
59 72, and 293, for photoresistor combined with accessing
FET.
59 72, 453, and 749, for transparent electrode.
60 135, 136, 263-267, 302, and 328-334, for vertical channel
field effect device.
64 255, 521, 627, and 628, for crystal axis or plane.
65 for alloy of polycrystalline semiconductor materials.
66 67, 69, 379-381, 903, and 904, for static memory cell
using FET.
67 through 70, for stacked FETs.
67 69, 70, and 74, for stacked FETs.
68 through 71, 296-313, 296, 298, 300, 906, and 908, for
capacitance combined with insulated gate device. (e.g.,
DRAM).
68 71, and 295-313, for insulated gate device (capacitor or
combined with capacitor).
68 71, 296-313, and 905-908, for memory device component
involving a capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell).
68 71, 303, and 306-309, for stacked capacitors in DRAM
cell.
68 and 301-305, for capacitor in trench.
68 283, 284, 330-334, 374, 397, 513, 514, 622, 647, and 648,
for vertical walled groove in semiconductor.
69 195, 204, 206, 338, 350, 351, 357-359, and 365-377, for
CMOS.
69 195, 204, 206, 274, 338, 350, 351, 357-359, and 369-377,
for complementary field effect transistors.
74 and 278, for three-dimensional integrated circuit.
76 through 78, and 183-201, for heterojunction, generally.
76 through 78, for wide band gap semiconductor material
other than GaAsP or GaAlAs.
80 through 85, for light responsive or activated device
combined with light emitting device.
81 99, 177 -181, 584, 625, 675, 688, 689, 705, 707, 712-722,
and 796, for heat sink.
81 82, and 99, for housing or package for light emitter.
81 and 82, for housing or package for light emitter combined
with light receiver.
81 82, 433, 434, 680, 681, for housing or package for light
responsive device.
81 99, and 666-677, for lead frame.
83 for light coupled transistor structure.
86 and 87 for indirect band gap active layer - light
emitter.
87 131, 156, 439, 523, 590, and 608-612, for deep level
dopant/impurity.
87 126, 131, 156, 523, 590, 609-612, and 617, for
recombination centers.
91 98, 151, 175, 176, 249, 250, 276, 282-284, 309, 317, 401,
418, 435, 448, 457, 459, 503, 508, 534, 573, 587, 602, 621,
662, and 664, for shape(d) contact, electrode, conductor, or
terminal.
91 98, 294, 323, 435, and 659, for optical shield.
93 for plural light emitters in integrated circuit.
93 374, 446, 499 and 564, for electrical isolation of
components in integrated circuit.
95 117, 118, 127, 170, 244, 283, 284, 301-305, 330-334, 418,
419, 447, 460, 466, 496, 534, 571, 586, and 618-628, for
grooves, generally.
95 170, 171, 452, 466, 496, 571, 586, 594, 600, 618, and
623-626, for mesa structure.
95 for shaped contact, electrode, etc., external of
heterojunction light emitter.
98 116, 117, 294, and 432, for light fiber, guide, or pipe.
98 for luminescent material used with light emitter.
98 181, 418, 688, 710, 711, 728, and 730, for shaped housing
or package.
98 99, 116, 434, 680, and 681, for window (optical) for
housing.
100 433, 434, 667, 687, 767-and 796, for encapsulated.
101 194, 219-221, 264, 269, 285, 335-345, 404, 430, 450, 458,
463, 492, 493, 497, 498, 543, 545, 548, 558, 583, 591, 592,
596, 597, 605, 606, 655-657, 927, and 929, for
dopant/impurity concentration, incl., graded profile.
102 227, 439, and 607-612, for specified, generally (e.g.,
photoionizable).
106 for reverse conducting diode (tunnel diode).
106 for Zener diode.
107 through 182, and 918, for regenerative switching
device.
108 252, and 421-427, for magnetic field responsive.
108 225, 254, and 415 and-419, for device responsive to
pressure.
108 222, 225, 254, and 417-419, for strain sensor.
108 225, 252, and 467-470, for passivating device responsive
to temperature.
109 for Shockley diode.
110 and 119-131, for bidirectional device (diac,
rectifier).
113 through 118, for regenerative-type switching device.
115 123, and 157-161, for amplified gate in thyristor.
121 for reverse conducting thyristor.
121 for Static Induction Transistor (SIT) - Bipolar
transistor as reverse path of bidirectional conducting
thyristor.
122 141, 146, and 162, for lateral structure in regenerative
device.
124 125, and 133-145, for FET in or combined with thyristor.
125 137, 138, 143, and 149, for shunt, regenerative device.
125 137, 138, 143, 149, and 154, for shorted emitter, anode
or cathode, in thyristor.
127 446, 510-522, 571, 577, and 594, for groove to define
plural devices.
127 170, 339, 372-376, 394-400, 409, 452, 484, 490, 493-495,
and 605, for guard ring or region.
131 156, 376, 424, 523, 590, and 617, for crystal damage.
133 145, 195, 205, 273, 337, 350, 361, 362, 370, and 378, for
field effect combined with bipolar type (including
regenerative type) device.
134 through 136, 217, 256-287, and 504, for JFET.
136 205, 264, 268, 269, 392, for enhancement mode.
139 through 145, and 212, for conductivity modulated
transistor.
139 through 145, 147-153, for extended latching current
device.
139 through 145, 147-153, and 372-376, for means to prevent
latchup.
139 through 145, and 211, for conductivity modulated
transistor.
142 148, 376, 553, and 583, for doping for gain reduction.
146 476-479, and 499-564, for structure with elec. isolated
components.
150 151, 177-181, for housing or package for regenerative
type switching device.
154 169, 194, 195, 218, 264, 523, 646, and 656, for high
resistivity semiconductor region - see, also, intrinsic
material; PIN device.
154 350, 358, 359, 363, 379-381, 516, 533, 536-543, 571, 572,
577, 580-582, and 904, for resistive element (resistor)
(passive device).
164 and 580-582, for ballasting of current (e.g., by
resistors).
164 through 166, 560-561, 563, and 579- 581, for
multiple/plural emitter.
170 for edge, beveled - preventing breakdown.
171 496, 586, and 618+, for bevel.
171 452, 483, and 484, for protection against edge
breakdown.
171 and 496, for reverse bevels.
173 174, 328, 355-363, 487-496, and 546, for protection
against overcurrent or overvoltage.
173 529, 665, and 910, for fuse/fusible link.
173 for overvoltage protection means in thyristor.
177 through 181, 467, 468, 573, 625, 675, 688, 705-707, and
712-722, for cooling.
178 179, and 746-748, for stress avoidance between electrode
and semiconductor.
178 through 179, 633, 747, and 748, for thermal expansion
matching or compensation.
180 and 733, for stud-type mount for housing.
180 and 733, for stud mount.
181 182, 688, 689, 726, 727, and 785 for press contact of
electrode and semiconductor.
184 through 189, for heterojunction.
185 and 191, for graded band gap.
185 for staircase (light responsive heterojunction).
187 197, and 198, for heterojunction bipolar transistor.
193 215-251, and 912, for charge transfer device.
193 for charge transfer device.
198 for wide band gap emitter heterojunction bipolar
transistor.
199 481, 482, 551, and 603-606, for avalanche diode.
199 482, and 604, for IMPATT.
199 259, 275-277, 482, 523, 604, 624, 625, 659, 662, 664, and
728, for for microwave device component.
202 and 909, for master slice (gate array).
202 and 909, for gate arrays.
202 through 211, and 909, for gate arrays.
205 273, 350, 361, 370, and 378, for bipolar combined with
field effect type device.
205 273, 350, 361, 370, and 378, for bipolar transistor
structure combined with FET.
206 208, 210, and 211, for configuration of elements in gate
array.
209 for gate array with programmable signal paths.
210 and 758-760, for multi-level metallization.
212 for double-base diode (unijunction transistor).
212 for Static Induction Transistor (SIT) - Unijunction
transistor.
212 for unijunction transistor.
214 for charge injection device.
215 218, and 225-251, for surface channel charge transfer
device.
216 for bulk channel device.
216 and 285, for buried channel.
219 through 221, for nonuniform channel doping in buried
channel CCD.
223 230, and 445, for antiblooming.
223 230, and 445, for suppression of blooming in light
imager.
224 and 243, for channel confinement.
225 253, and 414, for chemical sensor.
225 for CCD with fixed pattern memory as ROM.
228 447, 460, for backside illumination.
239 for floating diffusion as CCD Output Tap.
239 261, and 315-323, for floating gate.
240 for nonuniform channel thickness in CCD.
241 for parallel channels in CCD.
245 364, and 489, for resistive electrode.
246 through 248, for nonuniform channel doping in CCD, for
directionality.
249 317, 359, 363, 364, 377, 380-382, 384, 385, 387, 407,
412, 413, 489, 505, 518, 520, 524-527, 538, 554, 576, 581,
588, 646, 754-756, 904, and 914, for polycrystalline material
(including polysilicon contacts) other than active junction
material.
251 for bucket-brigade device.
254 and 416, for acoustic energy detector.
256 and 257, for light responsive PIN device combined with
JFET.
257 and 258, for JFET.
227 and 439, for photoionization.
258 291-294, 443-448, and 911, for array of electrode field
effect devices.
260 and 262, in or combined with a JFET device.
260 and 261, for memory device component involving a JFET
(e.g., taper isolated or floating pn junction gate type).
265 for vertical current path JFET in integrated circuit.
266 267, and 287, for parallel channels in JFET.
269 and 285, for nonuniform channel doping in JFET.
272 through 278, for JFET in integrated circuit.
275 through 278, 662, and 664, for stripline lead.
276 for air bridge electrical lead.
276 for air bridge contact.
283 and 284, for groove alignment of Schottky gate to source
region in MESFET.
283 through 284, 330-334, for gate electrode of FET formed
in groove.
286 for nonuniform channel thickness in JFET.
290 and 294, for IGFET.
291 through 294, 326, 334, 337, 338, 347-363, and 368-401,
for insulated gate device (IGFET in integrated circuit).
294 297, 340, 409, 435, 488-490, 503, 508, 630, 659-660, and
662, for shield electrode.
295 298, and 314-326, for EPROM/EEPROM.
295 298, 314, and 324-326, for MNOS insulated gate-type
memory device component.
297 349, 547, and 620, for means to prevent charge leakage or
leakage current.
297 349, 354, 372-376, 503, 547, and 620, for means to
prevent leakage current or charge leakage.
297 660, and 921, for protection against radiation (e.g.,
alpha particles).
297 660, and 921, for radiation protection.
297 422, and 659-660, for ionizing radiation shield, charged
particles, electric or magnetic fields.
298 and 315-326, for insulated gate device (floating gate
memory device).
298 and 315-323, for floating insulated gate memory-type
memory device component.
299 for substrate bias (electrical generator.
301 through 305, 534, and 599, for groove involving a
capacitor.
305 354, 376, 398-400, 519, 620, 648, and 652, for channel
stop.
305 333, 374, 389, 395-399, 510-521, and 632-651, for field
oxide.
312 480, and 595-602, for voltage variable capacitance
device.
314 through 326 for variable threshold insulated gate device
(e.g., EEPROM, non-volatile memory MOSFET).
322 for programming of floating gate MISFET (avalanche
breakdown).
323 680, and 681, for light erasure of EPROM.
325 for oxynitride as insulator in MNOS memory IGFET.
327 through 346, for short channel.
328 and 355-363, for overvoltage protection means in IGFET.
328 and 355-363, for MOSFET gate protection.
331 341, 342, and 401, for parallel channels in IGFET.
332 346, 387, 388, 412, and 413, for self-aligned MOSFET
gate.
333 340, and 386-389, for reduction of gate capacitance
(FET).
333 346, 387, and 388, for overlap of gate electrode with
source or drain in IGFET.
334 337, and 338, for VMOS or DMOS short channel IGFET in
integrated circuit.
336 344, 408, and 900, for LDD (lightly doped drain) device.
339 409, 483, 484, and 487-496, for preventing avalanche
breakdown.
339 409, and 488-490, for field relief electrode.
339 409, 490, and 495, for floating pn junction guard
region.
340 394, and 630, for field shield electrode.
345 and 404, for nonuniform channel doping in IGFET.
depletion mode.
347 through 354, and 507, for insulating substrate
integrated circuit.
347 through 354, and 507, for single crystal insulating
substrate.
347 through 354, and 507, for single crystal semiconductor
layer on insulating substrate (SOI).
348 391, 392, and 402-407, for depletion mode Insulated Gate
FET.
349 354, 372-376, 503, and 547, for controlling, reducing,
etc. parasitics.
350 511, 512, 525, and 555-562, for lateral bipolar
transistor in integrated circuit.
354 through 374, 395-399, 501, and 506-527, for dielectric
isolation.
355 through 363, for gate insulator breakdown protection in
IGFET integrated circuit.
360 and 367, for insulated gate device (controlling pn
junction breakdown).
361 362, and 497-499, for punch-device.
366 for overlap of plural gate electrodes in IGFET.
368 through 401, for PN junction isolation in MOSFET
integrated circuit.
374 394-398, 626, 631-651, and 758-760, for
insulating/passivating coating.
374 396-398, 510-521, 647, and 648, for groove (dielectric
isolation means).
377 382-385, 388, 412, 413, 454-458, 486, 518, 554, 576, 588,
747, 748, 754-757, 761, 763-764, and 768-770, for refractory
electrode material.
377 382-384, 388, 412, 413, 454-456, 485, 486, 576, 587, 751,
754-757, and 768-770, for silicide.
379 through 381, and 903-904, for static RAM arrangement.
379 through 381, 516, 528-543, 903, 904, 919, and 924, for
passive components in integrated circuits.
382 through 384, 576, 757, 768, and 769, for metal or
silicide of platinum group metal, as ohmic contact.
383 388, 412, 485, 486, 763, 764, and 770, for pure or
alloyed titanium.
388 407, 412, and 413, for metal or silicide of platinum
group metal, as MOSFET gate.
390 and 391, for array of IGFETs.
390 and 391, for nonerasable (e.g., ROM).
390 and 391, for mask-programmed MOSFET ROM.
401 for nonuniform channel thickness in IGFET.
410 411, 639-641, 649, and 760, for silicon nitride.
411 and 760, for composite insulator material.
411 for oxynitride as gate insulator in IGFET, in general.
422 and 659, for magnetic field shielding
423 511, 512, 525, 526, 556, 557-562, 575, and 576, for
lateral bipolar transistor structure.
423 for magnetic field sensing bipolar transistor.
426 and 469, for passivating means to reduce temperature
sensitivity.
427 for magnetic field sensor in integrated circuit.
430 and 458, for light or radiation responsive PIN device,
in general.
431 466, for light responsive or activated device generally.
437 for anti-reflection coating.
444 for matrix or array of light sensor elements overlying
active switching elements in integrated circuit.
446 for matrix or array of light sensors with specific
isolation means in integrated circuit.
449 through 457, for Schottky barrier.
453 through 455, 485, and 486, for metal or silicide of
platinum group metal, as Schottky barrier material.
458 523, 538, and 656, for intrinsic material or region.
458 for PIN diode.
459 676, and 786, for bonding flag or pad
465 592, 599, 653, and 654, for configuration of junction
geometry.
466 496, 571, 586, 594, 599, 600, and 618-628, for
configuration of external portion of active device.
474 for bipolar transistor with Schottky barrier transistor
as emitter-base or base-collector junction.
474 through 479, 512, 525, 555, 556, and 574-576, for
integrated injection logic.
477 through 479, for bipolar transistor in integrated
circuit with Schottky barrier diode.
479 and 570, for anti-saturation diode.
479 for baker clamp.
486 740, 751, and 767, for diffusion barrier.
491 and 492, for means to increase breakdown voltage in
integrated circuit.
492 and 493, for RESURF device.
494 for reverse biased (electrical) pn junction guard
region.
494 for reverse biased guard ring to prevent breakdown.
497 and 498, for punchthrough transistor.
504 for JFET isolation in integrated circuit (i.e.,
pinched-off region used for integrated circuit isolation).
509 through 521, 544-556, and 929, for isolated PN
junction.
509 through 521, for PN junction isolation in integrated
circuit combined with dielectric isolation.
511 512, 525, 555, 556, 569, and 574-576, for complementary
bipolar transistor structure.
511 512, 525, 555, 556, 569, and 574-576, for complementary
bipolar transistors.
511 512, 514, 515, 517, 518, 525, 526, 539-543, and 552-563,
for bipolar transistors in integrated circuit.
511 512, 514, 517, 518, and 552-556, for bipolar transistors
with pn junction isolation.
512 569, and 574-576, for bipolar transistor structure with
common active region.
512 569, and 574-576, for complementary bipolar transistors
with common active region.
512 555, 556, and 574-576, for logic device (superintegrated)
using Integrated Injection Logic (I[supscrpt]2[end
supscrpt]L).
514 and 515, for walled emitter bipolar transistor.
522 for air isolation of integrated circuit.
531 for inductance in integrated circuit.
532 through 535, for capacitance as passive component in
non-FET I.C.
540 for dynamic isolation pocket bias (electrical).
541 for pinch resistor.
544 through 556, for PN junction isolation in integrated
circuit in general.
545 for reduction of isolation junction capacitance.
546 for overvoltage protection means in pn junction isolated
integrated circuit.
546 for reverse voltage polarity protection, in pn junction
isolated integrated circuit.
549 for collector diffused type isolation.
559 lateral transistor formed along groove.
560 through 564, for multiple/plural collectors.
560 563, and 579-581, for plural emitters in bipolar
transistor.
562 for logic device (superintegrated) using Current Hogging
Logic (CHL).
565 through 593, for bipolar transistor structure, in
general.
571 for groove resistor in Darlington bipolar device.
573 and 584, for housing or package for bipolar transistor
devices.
592 for configuration of bipolar transistor base region.
602 for housing or package for voltage-variable capacitance
device.
607 and 917, for plural dopants of same conductivity type.
610 for platinum (as deep level dopant).
620 for scribe line or region.
624 for prevention of skin effect, microwave device, by low
resistance ohmic contact along mesa surface.
626 and 629-652, for passivation of semiconductor surface.
634 for passivating glass with ingredient to adjust
softening or melting temperature.
639 and 649, for oxynitride as passivating insulating
layer.
642 643, and 759, for organic insulating material or layer.
643 759, and 788, for polyamide.
643 759, and 792, for polyimide.
653 654, for shaped PN junction.
655 for reverse doping concentration gradient profile.
656 for PIN device in general.
657 for stepped profile.
657 for stepped dopant concentration profile.
660 for housing or package for radiation shielded device.
662 and 664, for transmission line lead.
663 for superconductive contact or lead on integrated
circuit.
669 670, 673, 674, 676, 688, 689, 692-697, 728, 735-739, 752,
758, 773-776, and 780-786, for shaped contact, electrode,
etc.
669 for lead frame having stress relief.
676 for die bonding flag.
676 for lead frame-type mount for chip.
678 through 733, for housing or package, generally.
679 and 922, for smart card (e.g., "credit card" integrated
circuit package).
686 for stacked housings.
700 701, and 703-707, for ceramic housing or package
material.
705 for high thermal conductivity ceramic for package.
711 for metal housing with mount for chip.
713 for cooling of housing or contents for integrated
circuit.
714 through 716, for liquid coolant.
719 for press contact of heat sink and semiconductor.
720 for high thermal conductivity insert in heat sink.
731 for mount for housing.
732 for flanged type mount for housing.
735 through 739, 746, 758-760, 773-776, 780-781, 786, 920,
923, 926, for configuration of electrode, etc.
738 780, and 781, for ball-shaped leads, contacts or bonds.
740 for prevention of spiking of contact metal.
741 through 745, and 751, for gold (deep level dopant as
contact or electrode).
742 and 743, for dopant/impurity conductivity type in
electrical contact material.
746 for composite electrode material.
746 for electrode material.
749 for electrode transparent to light.
751 767, and 915, for titanium nitride.
758 through 760, for multiple metallization layers separated
by insulating layer on integrated circuit.
760 for oxynitride between metal levels in integrated
circuit.
764 765, and 768-771, for alloy of materials forming
electrical contacts.
767 for electromigration prevention or reduction.
777 for chip on chip mount for chip.
778 for flip chip mount for chip.
779 and 780-784, for die or lead bond.
782 and 783, for die bond.
900 for MOSFET type gate sidewall insulating spacer.
901 for MOSFET substrate bias (electrical).
901 for MOSFET substrate bias.
902 for FET with metal source region.
903 and 904, for configuration of FETs for Static Memory
Cell (SRAM).
905 through 908, for configuration of Dynamic Memory
(DRAM).
905 for trench shared by plural DRAM cells.
906 Electrode use for accessing capacitance, in DRAM.
910 for array of diodes.
911 for vidicon array (cross-reference collection).
915 for titanium nitride.
919 for parallel electrical connections to average out
manufacturing variations.
920 for parallel electrical connections to reduce
resistance.
922 for anti-tamper device.
922 for diode arrays.
922 for anti-tamper or inspection means for
923 for conductor aspect ratio.
925 for bridge rectifier module.
927 for shaped depletion layer.
930 for Peltier cooling (cross-reference collection).
REFERENCES TO OTHER CLASSES
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 25.01 for process and apparatus for
making barrier layer or semiconductor devices not elsewhere
classified; subclass 25.35 for piezoelectric device making
not elsewhere classified; subclasses 25.41+ for electric
condenser making not elsewhere classified; subclasses 592.1+
for process of mechanical manufacture of electrical devices,
not elsewhere classified; and subclasses 825+ for electrical
conductor manufacturing processes, including subclass 827
regarding beam lead frames and beam leads. (class providing
for methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc., active
solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, D)
29, Metal Working, subclass 612 for making thermally
variable resistors. (see G, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, above)
29, Metal Working, appropriate subclasses for manufacturing
methods of beam lead frame or beam lead devices. (Class
providing for subcombination subject matter used as component
part of active solid-state electronic devices. See Lines with
Other Clases and Within This Class, F, above)
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 544 for
electroluminescent signs. (see B, Lines With Other Classes
and Within This Class, above.)
62, Refrigeration, 3.2 for thermoelectric, e.g., Peltier
effect cooling processes and apparatus. (see B, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
65, Glass Manufacturing, 138 for Electronic envelope header,
terminal, or stem making means and subclass 155 for
electronic device making involving fusion bonding. (class
providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc.,
active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, D)
73, Measuring and Testing, subclass 31.06 for gas analysis
semiconductor detector details; subclass 777 for
semiconductor stress sensor structure; and subclass 754 for
semiconductor type fluid pressure gauges. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
84, Music, subclass 676 and 678 for transistorized analog
oscillator circuits. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, above.)
102, Ammunition and Explosives, subclass 202.4 for
semiconductor voltage variable resistance shunts in devices
used to prevent accidental fuse ignition. (see G, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
102, Ammunition and Explosives, subclass 202.4 for
semiconductor fuse shunts and subclass 220 for silicon
controlled rectifier ignition or detonation switch devices.
(see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
above.)
116, Signals and Indicators, digest 35 for electroluminescent
dials. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
117, Single-Crystal, Oriented-Crystal, and Epitaxy Growth
Processes; Non-Coating Apparatus Therefor, for processes and
non-coating apparatus for growing therein-defined
single-crystal of all types of materials, including those
which may be suitable as or to produce an active solid-state
device. Class 118 generally provides for coating apparatus,
including single-crystal (e.g., epitaxy) coating means.
(class providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating,
etc., active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, D)
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 900 for semiconductor vapor
doping. (class providing for methods of making, cleaning,
coating, etc., active solid-state devices, See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, D)
123, Internal-Combustion Engines, 650 for ignition systems
with power supplies having diode and transistor features.
(see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
above.)
134, Cleaning and Liquid Contact With Solids, subclass 1.2,
1.3, and 902 for semiconductor wafer cleaning. (class
providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc.,
active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, D, above)
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, 203 for
Peltier effect device; subclasses 200+ for batteries which
generate electricity under the action of heat
(thermoelectric); and subclasses 243+ for batteries which
generate electricity under the action of light, such as
photovoltaic batteries, some of these batteries utilize
potential barrier layers. (class providing for active
solid-state electronic devices structures with a specified
use.)
148, Metal Treatment, 33 for PN type barrier layer stock
material treatment and numerous digests concerning treatment
of semiconductor materials, dopants, and active solid-state
electronic devices. (class providing for methods of making,
cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state devices, See
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, D, above)
148, Metal Treatment, digest 171 for metal treatment
involving varistors. (see G, Lines With Other Classes,
above)
165, Heat Exchange, 80.2 and 104.33 for electrical device or
component heat exchangers. (Class providing for
subcombination subject matter used as component part of
active solid-state electronic devices. See Lines with Other
Clases and Within This Class, F, above)
178, Telegraphy, subclass 117 for coherer type AC systems.
(see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
above.)
178, Telegraphy, subclass 117 for coherer type AC systems.
(see G, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
above)
194, Check-Actuated Control Mechanisms, 216 for value
accumulator having solid-state circuitry. (see B, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclasses
15.1-16.3 for fluid cooling of electrical conductors or
insulator; subclasses 52.1+ for housings with electric
devices or mounting means; and subclasses 250-268 for printed
circuit devices. (class employing active solid-state devices
in electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, A, above)
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 400 for active
solid-state devices used in measuring and testing involving
electrolytic analysis. (class employing active solid-state
devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes
and Within This Class, A, above)
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclass 192.25
for semiconductor coating, forming, or etching by sputtering.
(class providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating,
etc., active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, D, above)
216, Etching a Substrate: Processes, subclass 16 for active
solid state devices involved in an etching process. (class
providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc.,
active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, D, above)
219, Electric Heating, subclass 501 for automatic regulation
or control means for heating devices which include
semiconductor, e.g., transistor, means. (see B, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 123 for processes of
bonding metal to semiconductor-type material and subclasses
179+ for processes of bonding electrical device (e.g.,
semiconductor) joints. (class providing for methods of
making, cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state devices,
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, D,
above)
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 492.2 for irradiation of
semiconductor devices. (class providing for methods of
making, cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state devices,
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, D,
above)
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 338.4 for infrared responsive
semiconductor devices, subclasses 370.01-370.15 for invisible
radiant energy responsive semiconductor devices; subclass 371
for invisible radiant energy responsive methods using
semiconductor devices; subclass 492.2 for irradiation of
semiconductor devices; subclasses 552 and 553 for photocell
circuits and apparatus involving solid-state light sources;
subclasses 211 for photocells including photosensitive
junctions; and subclasses 208.1-208.6 for plural
photosensitive elements, including arrays. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 272.11 for electrical component
encapsulating processes, including subclass 272.17 for
encapsulating semiconductor or barrier layer device. (class
providing for methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc.,
active solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, D, above)
252, Compositions, subclass 62.3 for barrier layer device
compositions, e.g., N-material, P-material and, subclasses
500+ for electrically conductive or emissive compositions.
(Class providing for materials used in active solid-state
devices, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, C,
above)
273, Amusement Devices: Games, digest 24 for luminescent
devices. (see B, Lines With Other Classes, above.)
307, Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems, 401
for nonlinear reactor systems which typically employ active
solid-state devices; subclass 91 for magnetic or
electrostatic field shielding; and subclasses 109+ for
systems involving capacitors.
310, Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, subclass 303
for energy conversion devices employing pn semiconductor
junction devices, and digest 3 for Hall effect generators and
converters. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, 498 for electric
lamp and discharge devices having solid-state luminescent
materials, including nominally recited luminescent
semiconductor type materials; subclasses 329 and 367+ for
mosaic electrodes; subclasses 366+ for semiconductor
depletion layer type image pickup tubes; subclass 463 for
electroluminescent cathoderay tube screens; subclasses 346
and 346 for photoemissive cathodes; and subclass 504 for
solid-state organic phosphor material luminescent devices.
(class employing active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
A, above)
315, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, subclass
12.1 for secondary emissive stage in a cathoderay tube;
subclass 407 for a deflection coil circuit including a diode;
subclass 408 for deflection coil circuits including a
solid-state switch; and digest 7 for starting and control
circuits using transistors. (class employing active
solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
323, Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation Systems, 229
for power supply or regulation systems using a diode in shunt
with a source or load; subclasses 237+, 254, 257, 258, 263,
265+, and 292 for output level devices employing three or
more terminal semiconductor devices; subclass 300 for input
level devices or systems employing three or more terminal
semiconductor devices; subclasses 311+ for self-regulating
systems employing three or more terminal semiconductor
devices; subclasses 325+, 339, 343, and 349+ for external or
operator controlled systems employing three or more terminal
semiconductor devices; subclass 360 for superconductor type
transformers or inductors; digest 902 for device with optical
coupling to a semiconductor; and digest 907 for temperature
compensation of a semiconductor. (class employing active
solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
318, Electricity: Motive Power Systems, subclass 681 for
positional servomechanisms using solid-state servo
amplifiers. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
315, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, subclass
311 for variable impedance device in automatic regulator in
supply circuit of an electric lamp or discharge device. (see
G, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
318, Electricity: Motive Power Systems, subclass 662 for
variable capacitor type positional servo systems and
subclasses 788 and 792 for variable temperature impedance
(e.g., resistor) elements in induction motor systems. (see G,
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
320, Electricity: Battery or Capacitor Charging or
Discharging, appropriate subclass for an active solid-state
device included in a charging or discharging circuit for a
battery or capacitor. (see B, Lines With Other Classes,
above.)
322, Electricity: Single Generator Systems, digest 5 for
Hall effect elements. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, above.)
323, Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation Systems,
subclass 298 for output level responsive devices including a
variable resistor. (see G, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, above)
324, Electricity: Measuring and Testing, 765 for diode, SCR
and transistor testing and subclasses 244+ for magnetometers,
many of which employ active solid-state devices, e.g.,
subclasses 248 (thin film), 251 (Hall plate) and 252
(semiconductor type solid-state or magneto resistive). (class
employing active solid-state devices in electronic circuits.
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, A,
above)
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, appropriate subclasses for
miscellaneous nonlinear circuits utilizing an active device.
(class employing active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
A, above)
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, 185 for a stable state circuit
utilizing an electron tube and a transistor and subclasses
568+ for a miscellaneous negative resistance circuit. (see B,
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
329, Demodulators, subclass 370 for diode demodulators and
subclass 371 for coherer type demodulators. (see B, Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
329, Demodulators, subclass 370 for diode demodulators and
subclass 371 for coherer type demodulators. (see G, Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
330, Amplifiers, subclass 145 for diode type variable
impedances for signal channel controlled by a separate
control path and subclasses 282+ for semiconductor amplifier
devices with gain control means and feedback means acting as
a variable impedance.
330, Amplifiers, subclass 4.9 for semiconductor type
parametric amplifiers; subclass 183 for DC interstage
coupling with as nonlinear device; and subclasses 250+ for
semiconductor amplifying devices. (class employing active
solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
331, Oscillators, subclass 51 for semiconductor type cascade
or tandem connected oscillators and subclasses 107-117 for
solid-state active element oscillators. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
331, Oscillators, 36 for AFC devices using particular
frequency control means, including reactance devices (e.g.,
variable capacitors) and subclass 177 for voltage sensitive
capacitor type frequency adjusting means. (see G, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
332, Modulators, subclass 105, 116, 135+, 146, 152, 168, and
178 for modulators with discrete semiconductor devices
(subclass 136 includes varactors). (see B, Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, above.)
332, Modulators, subclass 105, 116, 135+, 146, 152, 168, and
178 for modulators with discrete semiconductor devices
(subclass 136 includes varactors). (see G, Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, above)
333, Wave Transmission Lines and Networks, subclass 263 for
variable impedance devices connected in circuit with a long
line element or component. (see G, Lines With Other Classes
and Within This Class, above)
333, Wave Transmission Lines and NetWorks, subclass 103 and
104 for branched circuits with switching means having
semiconductor operating means; subclass 165 for frequency or
time domain filters using charge transfer devices; subclasses
216 and 217 for negative impedance devices; subclass 247 for
semiconductor mounts for strip type long line elements; and
subclass 99 for super conductive devices. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
334, Tuners, subclass 66 and 69 for series tuned circuits
with variable impedance elements.
334, Tuners, subclass 15 for semiconductor reactance tuning
circuits. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
338, Electrical Resistors, subclass 1 for coherer type
resistors, subclass 22 for semiconductor type thermistors,
and subclass 32 for magnetic field responsive devices,
including Hall effect types and super conductive types.
(class employing active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
A, above)
338, Electrical Resistors, subclass 1 for coherer type
resistors; subclass 22 for semiconductor type thermistors;
and subclass 32 for magnetic field responsive devices,
including Hall effect types and superconductive types. (see
G, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
343, Communications: Radio Wave Antennas, subclass 745 for
antennas with variable reactance tuning; subclass 750 for
adjustable lumped reactance antenna tuning; and subclass 861
for adjustable impedance matching network leadins. (see G,
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
340, Communications: Electrical, subclass 598 for barrier
layer thermal sensors in condition responsive device;
subclass 815.03 for a visual indicator using a light emitting
diode; and subclasses 825.79-825.96 for selective systems
comprising matrix elements, e.g., light emitting diodes.
(class employing active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
A, above)
341, Coded Data Generation or Conversion, 133 for
analog-to-digital conversion with particular solid-state
devices; subclass 150 for digital to analog conversion using
charge coupled devices or switched capacitances; and subclass
172 for analog to digital conversion using charge transfer
devices. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
345, Computer Graphics Processing, Operator Interface
Processing, and Selective Visual Display Systems, 30 for
selective visual display systems which may employ active
solid-state device light sources, including subclasses 44 and
82 for visual display systems having solid-state light
emitters. (class employing active solid-state devices in
electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, A, above)
348, Television, 272 and 294+ for solid-state image sensors
in television cameras and subclasses 800+ for
electroluminescent video display with solid-state scanned
matrix. (class employing active solid-state devices in
electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, A, above)
358, Facsimile and Static Presentation Processing, subclass
482 and 483 solid-state picture generators, including charge
coupled devices. (class employing active solid-state devices
in electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, A, above)
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
subclass 248 for semiconductor polarization type light
modulators and subclasses 321+ for modulators having
significant chemical composition or structure. (class
employing active solid-state devices in electronic circuits.
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, A,
above)
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass 2
for solid-state switch type arc suppressors; subclasses 98,
100, and 101 for current fault responsive sensors involving
semiconductor active solid-state devices; subclasses 196+ for
semiconductor time delay devices; subclass 205 for threshold
devices including SCR thyratrons; subclasses 275.1+ for
electrical, e.g., fuse element for electrolytic capacitors;
subclasses 277+ for variable capacitor not involving active
solid-state devices; subclasses 525 for solid electrolytic
capacitors with significant semiconductor; subclasses 679+
for cooling devices, housings, supports, electrical contacts,
etc., for diverse electrical components; subclass 421 for
lead frames; and subclasses 523+ for solid electrolytic
capacitors. (class employing active solid-state devices in
electronic circuits. See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, A, above)
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
188 for variable impedance condition responsive devices for
relay or solenoid safety or protection; and subclasses 277+
for variable electrostatic capacitors. (see G, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, above)
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
421 for lead frames. (Class providing for subcombination
subject matter used as component part of active solid-state
electronic devices. See Lines with Other Clases and Within
This Class, F, above)
362, Illumination, subclass 84 for light source or light
source support and luminescent material and subclass 800
(cross-reference art collection) for light emitting diode
light sources. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, above.)
363, Electric Power Conversion Systems, 10 for combined
phase and frequency conversion using a semiconductor device
converter, and subclasses 13-147 for current conversion
devices many of which explicitly call for semiconductor
active solid-state devices, and subclasses 159-163 for
frequency conversion using semiconductor type devices. (see
B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
364, Electrical Computers and Data Processing Systems,
subclass 490 and 491 for design and analysis of integrated
circuits. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, 52 for
hardware, including shields, for storage elements; subclass
71 for negative resistance; and subclass 72 for transistor or
diode interconnection arrangement; subclass 96 for fusible
link storage elements; subclasses 103-105 for semiconductive
semipermanent read only systems; subclasses 106+ for systems
involving radiant energy, including subclasses 109-115 for
photoconductive, electroluminescent, amorphous,
semiconductive and diode devices; subclasses 129+ for systems
using a particular element, including subclasses 154-188 for
systems using particular elements including active
solid-state devices; subclasses 185.01+ for floating gate
memory storage (e.g., flash memory); and subclasses 208 and
212 for semiconductive differential (e.g., thermal) noise
suppression means in read/write circuits. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
367, Communications, Electrical: Acoustic Wave Systems and
Devices, 140 for signal transducers which may be active
solid-state devices, and including support structures,
diaphragm, and pressure compensation means. (see B, Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
368, Horology: Time Measuring Systems or Devices, subclass
83 for solid body light emitters, e.g., diodes; subclasses
86 and 87 for transistorized pulse transforming means;
subclasses 56+ for solid-state oscillating time base
circuits; and subclasses 239+ for optical display devices,
including subclass 241 for solid-state, e.g., LED light
emitting displays. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, above.)
369, Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, subclass 44.12
for optical servo systems having solid-state optical
elements; subclasses 121+ for light sources, including
solid-state light source; subclass 145 for semiconductive
information handling transducers. (class employing active
solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
372, Coherent Light Generator, subclasses 43-50 for
semiconductor layers and subclass 75 for semiconductor
optical laser pump devices. (class employing active
solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
374, Thermal Measuring and Testing, subclass 178 for barrier
layer (e.g., semiconductor junction) heat sensors and
subclasses 183+ for current modifying sensors. (class
employing active solid-state devices in electronic circuits.
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, A,
above)
377, Electrical Pulse Counters, Pulse Dividers, or Shift
Registers: Circuits and Systems, subclasses 57-63 for
charge transfer device systems; subclass 74 for input
circuits involving field-effect transistors; subclass 79 and
117 for transfer means including a field effect transistor;
and subclass 93 for superconductive elements. (class
employing active solid-state devices in electronic circuits.
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, A,
above)
378, X-Ray or Gamma Ray Systems or Devices, subclass 104 for
X-ray source power supplies with specified rectifier. (see B,
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
379, Telephonic Communications, subclass 294 for
semiconductor line finders. (see B, Lines With Other Classes,
above.)
381, Electrical Audio Signal Processing Systems and Devices,
subclass 100 for crossover filters with active devices and
subclass 175 for semiconductor junction microphones. (see B,
Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
388, Electricity: Motor Control Systems, subclasses 917-920
for thyristor or SCR devices or control circuit elements and
subclass 926 for a specific feedback control or device which
controls a solid-state device in a motor circuit.
388, Electricity: Motor Control Systems, subclass 807 for
variable impedance type field control circuits and subclasses
855+ for selectable or variable impedance armature control
devices. (see G, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above)
427, Coating Processes, 58, especially 62, 63, 66, 74-76,
79-81, 96-99, 100, and 101-103 for electrical product
produced by coating processes. (class providing for methods
of making, cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state
devices, See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
D, above)
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, subclass 620
for composite metallic stock having a semiconductor
component, subclasses 690 and 691 for fluorescent,
phosphorescent or luminescent inorganic layer composites;
subclasses 917 for electroluminescent material; and
subclasses 928-931 for materials with special properties,
including magnetic properties, electrical contact features
and superconductivity. (Class providing for materials used in
active solid-state devices, Lines With Other Classes and
Within This Class, C, above)
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, subclasses 56-96 for radiation sensitive
compositions or products; subclass 139 for luminescent
imaging process, composition or product; and subclass 900 for
donor-acceptor complex photoconductors. (Class providing for
materials used in active solid-state devices, Lines With
Other Classes and Within This Class, C, above)
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, subclasses 56-96 for radiation sensitive
compositions or products; subclass 139 for luminescent
imaging process, composition or product; and subclass 900 for
donor-acceptor complex photoconductors. (class providing for
methods of making, cleaning, coating, etc., active
solid-state devices, See Lines With Other Classes and Within
This Class, D, above)
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, for (a)
combined operations (steps) for producing a semiconductor
substrate having a junction, usually between p-type and
n-type material or (b) a unit operation involving
semiconductor material, not elsewhere provided; see the
search notes therein. (class providing for methods of
making, cleaning, coating, etc., active solid-state devices,
See Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, D,
above)
439, Electrical Connectors, appropriate subclasses for
features related or analogous to electrical contact or
housing features of active solid-state devices, e.g., 271
for sealing elements, or subclasses 449+ for stress relief
means for conductor to terminal joint. (class employing
active solid-state devices in electronic circuits. See Lines
With Other Classes and Within This Class, A, above)
455, Telecommunications, subclass 253.1 for semiconductor
gain, level or volume control; subclass 291 for receivers
having a wave collector with coupling to a stage of the
receiver using an active device, and subclass 333 for
transistorized or integrated circuit type frequency
conversion structure or circuitry. (see B, Lines With Other
Classes and Within This Class, above.)
455, Telecommunications, subclass 261 and 262 for variable
reactance, e.g., variable capacitance type automatic local
oscillator control devices. (see G, Lines With Other Classes
and Within This Class, above)
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, 150 for high temperature (T[subscrpt]c[end
subscrpt] > 30 K) superconducting devices, and particularly
subclasses 161 and 162 for bolometers or SQUIDs, subclasses
190+ for Josephson junctions, per se, and subclasses 191+ for
other thin film solid-state devices; and pertinent
cross-reference art collections, including subclasses 831+,
for static information storage and retrieval system or
device; subclasses 857+ for nonlinear solid-state device,
system, or circuit; subclasses 873+ for active solid-state
devices; subclass 883 for housing and mounting assemblies
with plural diverse electrical components; subclasses 884+
for conductors; and subclasses 900+ for heat exchangers. (see
B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, above.)
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, 150 for high temperature (T[subscrpt]c[end
subscrpt] > 30 K) superconducting devices, and particularly
subclasses 161 and 162 for bolometers or SQUIDs, subclasses
190+ for Josephson junctions, per se, and subclasses 191+ for
other thin film solid-state devices; and pertinent
cross-reference art collections, including subclasses 831+,
for static information storage and retrieval system or
device; subclasses 857+ for nonlinear solid-state device,
system, or circuit; subclasses 873+ for active solid-state
devices; subclass 883 for housing and mounting assemblies
with plural diverse electrical components; subclasses 884+
for conductors; and subclasses 900+ for heat exchangers.
(Class providing for materials used in active solid-state
devices, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class, C,
above)
600, Surgery, 486 and 505 for active solid-state devices
inserted inside a body and used for measuring and testing.
(class employing active solid-state devices in electronic
circuits. See Lines With Other Classes, A, above)
708, Electrical Computers: Arithmetic Processing and
Calculating, subclass 190 for integrated circuit type
digital computers.
902, Electronic Funds Transfer, subclass 26 for
identification, means with a semiconductor chip, e.g., a
smart card. (see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This
Class, above.)
D10, Measuring, Testing or Signalling Instruments, subclass
77 for transistor testers. (see B, Lines With Other Classes
and Within This Class, above.)
D13, Equipment for Production, Distribution or Transformation
of Energy, appropriate subclass for semiconductor, transistor
or integrated circuit energy conversion or transformation.
(see B, Lines With Other Classes and Within This Class,
above.)
GLOSSARY:
ACCEPTOR IMPURITY
An atom or ion different from or foreign to, but present in,
a semiconductor material and which has insufficient valence
electrons to complete the normal bonding arrangement in the
semiconductor crystal structure. An acceptor impurity
accepts an electron from an adjacent atom to create a hole.
Acceptor impurities are also referred to as p-type
impurities. Common acceptor impurities in silicon or
germanium are boron, gallium, and indium.
ACTINIDES
Ac, Th, Pa, U, Np, Pu, Am, Cm, Bk, Cf, E, Fm, Mv, No, Lw.
ALKALI METALS
Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr.
ALKALINE-EARTH METALS
Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra.
ACTIVE solid-state ELECTRONIC DEVICE
An electronic device or component that is made up primarily
of solid materials, usually semiconductors, which operates by
the movement of charge carriers - electrons or holes - which
undergo energy level changes within the material and can
modify an input voltage to achieve rectification,
amplification, or switching action. Active solid-state
electronic devices include diodes, transistors, thyristors,
etc., but exclude pure resistors, capacitors, inductors, or
combinations solely thereof. The latter class of devices is
characterized as passive.
ALLOY JUNCTION
A fused junction produced by combining one or more elemental
impurity metals with a semiconductor. Typical alloyed
junctions include indium- germanium and aluminum-silicon.
ALLOY TRANSISTOR
A transistor in which the emitter-base and collector-base
junctions are alloy junctions.
AVALANCHE BREAKDOWN
A sudden change from high dynamic electrical resistance to
very low dynamic resistance in a reverse biased semiconductor
device, e.g., a reverse biased junction between p-type and
n-type semiconductor materials, wherein current carriers are
created by electrons or holes which have gained sufficient
speed to dislodge valence electrons. Avalanche breakdown can
cause structural damage to a semiconductor device.
AXIAL LEAD
A wire lead coming from the end of and along the axis of a
resistor, capacitor, or other component.
BACK BONDED
The bonding of active chips to a substrate using the back of
the chip opposite the side containing active solid-state
devices.
BALL BOND
A bond formed by a round, ball-shaped lead on a semiconductor
device.
BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE
An active solid-state electronic device in which an active
layer is present through which carriers* pass, wherein the
active layer is thinner than the mean free path of the
carriers* in the material in that layer, so that carriers*
can pass through the layer without scattering. Carriers* are
typically injected into the ballistic transport layer as
"hot" carriers*, having an energy, in the case of electrons,
substantially greater than the minimum of the conduction
band*, or in the case of holes, substantially lower than the
maximum of the valence band. Ballistic electron injectors
include heterojunctions, tunnel barriers, and punchthrough
(e.g., planar doped or camel) barriers.
BAND GAP
The difference between the energy levels of electrons bound
to their nuclei (valence electrons) and the energy levels
that allow electrons to migrate freely (conduction
electrons). The band gap depends on the particular
semiconductor involved.
BARRIER REGION OR LAYER
A region which extends on both sides of a semiconductor
junction in which all carriers are swept away from the
junction region. The region is depleted of carriers. This
is also referred to as a depletion region.
BARRITT DIODE
Barrier injection transit time diode. A bipolar or device in
which a type of breakdown known as punchthrough occurs and
wherein the punchthrough structure device is operable at
microwave frequencies. In bipolar transistors a direct
current path is formed from emitter to collector due to the
formation of a depletion region throughout the base region
and charge carriers from the emitter punch through to the
collector. Carriers flowing from the emitter to the
collector take a controlled time to pass through the
depletion layer, leading to a controlled delay in current
after a voltage is applied, and effective negative
impedance.
BASE REGION
The region between the emitter and collector of a bipolar
transistor into which minority carriers are injected by the
emitter.
BASE CURRENT
The electrical current that flows in the base terminal of a
bipolar transistor.
BEAM LEADS
Flat, metallic leads which extend beyond the edges of a chip
component like wooden beams extend from a roof overhang.
Beam leads are used to interconnect a component to film
circuitry.
BIAS
A direct current or voltage applied to an active solid-state
device that establishes certain operating characteristics of
the device.
BI-FET
An active solid-state electronic device that contains both
bipolar and field effect transistors.
BILATERAL
A characteristic of an active solid-state electronic device
that permits it to support current flow in opposite
directions.
BINARY COMPOUND
A substance that always contains the same two elements in a
fixed atomic ratio.
BIPOLAR
An active solid-state electronic device in which both
positive and negative current carriers are used to support
current flow.
BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR
An active solid-state electronic device with a base electrode
and two or more junction electrodes in which both positive
and negative current carriers are used to support current
flow.
BLOCH WAVELENGTH
The effective wavelength of electrons in a semiconductor
crystal, sometimes referred to as a wave packet or wave
function. It can be an order of magnitude larger than the de
broglie wavelength of electrons having the same energy.
BONDING AREA
The area, defined by the extent of a metallization land or
the top surface of a terminal, to which a lead is or is to be
bonded.
BONDING PAD
A metallized area to which an electrical connection is to be
made. It is also called a bonding island or a controlled
collapse chip connection.
BONDING WIRE
Fine wire for making electrical connections in hybrid
circuits between various bonding pads on the semiconductor
device substrate and device terminals or substrate lands.
BREAKDOWN
A sudden change from high dynamic electrical resistance to a
very low dynamic resistance in a reverse biased semiconductor
device, e.g., a reverse biased junction between p-type and
n-type semiconductor materials, wherein reverse current
increases rapidly for a small increase in reverse applied
voltage, and the device behaves as if it had negative
electrical resistance.
BREAKDOWN POINT/VOLTAGE
The voltage value at which breakdown occurs.
BREAKOVER
The start of current flow in a silicon controlled rectifier.
BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE
A charge transfer device in which only a portion of the
charge carriers (electrons or holes) at each storage site are
transferred to the next storage site.
BUMP CONTACT
A term used to describe, typically, solder bumps on a chip or
substrate which are found on only one side of the chip or
substrate as, for example, on a flip-chip.
BULK-CHANNEL CCD
A charge coupled device in which charge is stored and
transferred below the surface of the device.
BULK-EFFECT DEVICE
An active solid-state device made up of a semiconductor
material whose electrical characteristics and electronic
properties are exhibited throughout the entire body of the
material, rather than in just a localized region thereof,
e.g., the surface.
BURIED CHANNEL CCD
See BULK-CHANNEL CCD.
CB JUNCTION
The collector-base junction of a bipolar transistor.
CAPACITOR
A component used in electrical and electronic circuits which
stores a charge of electricity, usually for very brief
periods of time, with the ability to rapidly charge and
discharge. A capacitor is usually considered a passive
component since it does not rectify, amplify, or switch and
because charge carriers do not undergo energy level changes
therein, although some active solid-state devices function as
voltage variable capacitors.
CARRIER
A mobile free electron or hole.
CARRIER CONCENTRATION
The number of electrical charge carriers in a given volume,
usually a cubic centimeter, of semiconductor material.
CELL
An individual integrated circuit element located on a large,
or master chip of, semiconductor material.
CHANNEL
A path for conducting current between a source and drain of a
field effect transistor.
CHANNEL LENGTH EFFECTS
Operating characteristics of FETs which depend on the length
(distance between source and drain) of the channel regions.
Such effects include switching speed change and threshold
voltage change with channel length change.
CHANNEL WIDTH EFFECTS
Operating characteristics of FETs which depend on the width
(horizontal distance perpendicular to channel length and
parallel to upper surface of device) of the channel. Such
effects include conductance and threshold voltage change with
channel width change.
CHANNEL STOP
Means for limiting channel formation in a semiconductor
device by surrounding the affected area with a ring of highly
doped, low resistivity semiconductor material. In a field
effect transistor, it is a region of highly doped material of
the same type as the lightly doped substrate used to prevent
leakage paths along the chip surface from developing. Also
referred to as "chanstop."
CHANNEL PINCH-OFF REGION
The location in a current channel portion of a field effect
transistor (FET) where the current is reduced to a minimum
value due to its diameter being reduced to a minimum.
CHARACTERISTIC CURVE
A graph showing the relationship between two or more changing
parameters, e.g., current and voltage of an electronic
device.
CHARGE CARRIER
A mobile conduction electron or hole in a semiconductor.
CHARGE CONFINEMENT
Restriction of electrical charge carriers, e.g., electrons or
holes, to specified locations, e.g., by quantum wells, gate
electrode potentials, etc.
CHARGE-COUPLED DEVICE
A charge transfer device in which all carriers (electrons or
holes) are transferred from one storage site to the next upon
application of a shifting voltage.
CHARGE INJECTION DEVICE
A field effect device in which storage sites for packets of
electric charge are induced at or below the surface of an
active solid-state device by an electric field applied to the
device and wherein carrier potential energy per unit charge
minima are established at a given storage site and such
charge packets are injected into the device substrate or into
a data bus. This type device differs from a charge transfer
device in that, in the latter, charge is transferred to
adjacent charge storage sites in a serial manner, whereas, in
a charge injection device, the charge is injected in a
non-serial manner to the device substrate or to a data bus.
CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE
A semiconductor device in which discrete packets of
electrical charge are transferred from one location to
another. Examples of charge transfer devices include
charge-coupled devices (CCDs) and bucket-brigade devices
(BBDs).
CHIP
A single crystal substrate of semiconductor material on which
one or more active or passive solid-state electronic devices
are formed. A chip may contain an integrated circuit. A
chip is not normally ready for use until packaged and
provided with external connectors.
CHIP CARRIER
A package with terminals, for solid-state electronic devices,
including chips which facilitates handling of the chip during
assembly of the chip to other electronic elements.
CHIP COMPONENT
A circuit element (active or passive) for use in
microelectronics. Besides integrated circuits, the term
includes diodes, transistors, resistors, and capacitors.
CIRCUIT
A number of devices interconnected in a one or more closed
paths to perform a desired electrical or electronic
function.
CLADDING BARRIER
A higher band gap material which encases a lower band gap
material that defines the walls of a quantum well.
CMOS
See COMPLEMENTARY METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR.
COHERENCE LENGTH
The typical distance an electron can travel before it is
scattered (e.g., by a phonon, a defect, or an impurity).
COHERER
A term which encompasses both active and passive type
devices, the passive type being a resistor whose resistance
decreases when subjected to a high frequency signal, and the
active type being a rectifier which is made up of active
solid-state particles which conduct and rectify current when
connected into a cohesive element but which loses that
characteristic when the particles are separated (e.g., by
shaking a container in which the particles are located).
COLLECTOR
That end region of a bipolar transistor which forms one of
the main current regions and which is reverse biased in
operation with respect to the base region.
COLLECTOR CURRENT
The current which flows through the terminal of the collector
region of a bipolar transistor.
COLLECTOR DIFFUSION ISOLATION (CDI)
An electrical isolation technology used for bipolar devices
which employs an epitaxial layer, which forms transistor base
regions, laid on a substrate of the same conductivity type (p
or n) as the epitaxial layer, with an opposite conductivity
type region, more heavily doped than the epitaxial base layer
and located between the layer and the substrate, forming the
collector and isolating the transistor from the substrate.
COMMON-BASE CONFIGURATION
A bipolar transistor in which the base region is common to
both the input and output circuit. This is also known as a
grounded-base bipolar transistor circuit.
COMMON-COLLECTOR CONFIGURATION
A bipolar transistor in which the collector region is common
to both the input and output circuit. It is also known as an
emitter-follower bipolar transistor circuit.
COMMON-DRAIN CONFIGURATION
A unipolar transistor in which the drain region is common to
both the input and output circuit.
COMMON-EMITTER CONFIGURATION
A bipolar transistor in which the emitter region is common to
both the input and output circuit. It is also known as a
grounded-emitter bipolar transistor circuit.
COMMON- or GATE-CONFIGURATION
A unipolar transistor in which the gate region is common to
both input and output circuits.
COMPLEMENTARY METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR (CMOS)
Both n-type and p-type metal oxide semiconductor devices,
e.g., transistors, formed on the same substrate.
COMPONENT
An electronic device - active or passive - which has distinct
electrical characteristics and has terminals for connection
to other components to form a circuit.
COMPOUND
A homogeneous material which has definite proportions of
chemically combined atoms or ions.
CONCENTRATION GRADIENT
A difference in dopant concentration (p- or n-type) from one
position to another in a semiconductor.
CONDUCTION BAND
A partially filled energy band in which electrons can move
freely, permitting a material to carry electric current where
electrons are the current carriers.
CONDUCTION ELECTRONS
In a conductor or n-type semiconductor, outer shell electrons
that are bound so loosely that they can move freely in the
conduction band of a solid material under the influence of an
electric field.
CONDUCTIVITY
The ability of a material to conduct electric current. Its
converse is resistivity.
CONDUCTOR
A material which offers comparatively little resistance to
the flow of current.
CONDUCTOR SPACING
The distance between adjacent edges (not centerline to
centerline) of isolated conductive patterns in a conductor
layer.
CONNECTOR AREA
That portion of metallized conductors used for providing
external electrical connections from a component to a chip or
other component.
CONTACT
The parts of a conductor designed to touch or be touched by
other such parts of an electrical conductor to carry current
to or from the conductor.
CONTACT WINDOW
An opening in an insulating layer to expose an underlying
conductor to permit electrical contact thereto. It is also
called a via hole.
COVALENT BONDING
The sharing of electrons by atoms in which each atom
contributes one of a pair of electrons shared by another atom
and forming a bond between those two atoms.
CRYOSAR
An active solid-state device which operates at cryogenic
temperatures, i.e., at temperatures at or below 77 degrees
Kelvin, by avalanche breakdown caused by impact ionization of
device impurities.
CRYSTAL
A solid substance whose atoms are arranged with periodic
geometric regularity, called a lattice.
CRYSTAL DEFECT
Any nonuniformity in a crystal lattice. There are four
categories of crystal defects: (1) point defects, (2) line
defects, (3) area defects, and (4) volume defects. Point
defects include any foreign atom at a regular lattice site
(substitutional site) or between lattice sites (interstitial
site), anti-site defects in compound semiconductors, e.g., Ga
in As or As in Ga, missing lattice atoms, and host atoms
located between lattice sites and adjacent to a vacant site
(Frenkel defects). Line defects, also called edge
dislocations, include extra planes of atoms in a lattice.
Area defects include twins or twinning (a change in crystal
orientation across a lattice) and grain boundaries (a
transition between crystals having no particular positional
orientation to one another. Volume defects include
precipitates of impurity or dopant atoms caused by volume
mismatch between a host lattice and precipitates.
CUTOFF
A minimum value of voltage or current applied to an active
device which stops the device from operating in a particular
manner.
DE BROGLIE WAVELENGTH
The wavelength of a particle, based on L.V. de Broglie's
theory that particles exhibit wavelike characteristics.
DEEP DEPLETION
The condition in which a depletion layer formed in a MOS
active device due to voltage applied to the gate electrode of
the device, is deeper than the maximum depth at which
inversion would normally be expected to occur at room
temperature in a semiconductor device at the surface closest
to the gate electrode, without formation of an inversion
layer.
DEEP GROOVE ISOLATION
Electrical isolation of adjacent devices in a single
monolithic semiconductor chip by grooves extending deeply
into and below the surface of the chip between the devices.
DEEP-LEVEL CENTERS
Energy levels that can act as traps located in the forbidden
band of a semiconductor material that are not near the
conduction or valence band edges.
DEGENERATION
Doping of a semiconductor to such an extent that the Fermi
level lies within the conduction band (N+ semiconductor) or
within the valence band (P+ semiconductor). Also, in circuit
applications, negative feedback between two or more active
solid-state devices.
DEPLETION LAYER
See DEPLETION REGION.
DEPLETION MODE
The operation of a field-effect transistor having appreciable
channel conductivity for zero gate- source voltage and whose
channel conductivity may be increased or decreased according
to the polarity of the applied gate-source voltage, by
changing the gate-to-source voltage from zero to a finite
value, resulting in a decrease in the magnitude of the drain
current.
DEPLETION REGION
The region extending on both sides of a reverse biased
semiconductor junction in which free carriers are removed
from the vicinity of the junction. It is also called a space
charge region, a barrier region, or an intrinsic
semiconductor region.
DEVICE (ACTIVE)
The physical realization of an individual electrical element
in a physically independent body which cannot be further
divided without destroying its stated function. Examples are
transistors, pnpn structures, and tunnel diodes.
DIE
A tiny piece of semiconductor material, separated from a
semiconductor slice, on which one or more active electronic
components are formed. Sometimes called a chip.
DIE BOND
Attachment of a semiconductor chip to a substrate or chip
carrier or package, usually with an epoxy, eutectic, or
solder alloy.
DIFFUSED JUNCTION
A junction between two different conductivity regions within
a semiconductor and which is formed by diffusion of
appropriate impurity atoms into the material.
DIFFUSED TRANSISTOR
A transistor in which the emitter and collector junctions are
formed by diffusion of dopant atoms into the semiconductor
material.
DIFFUSION
(1) The movement of carriers from a region of concentration
to one of lower concentration; (2) a process of adding
impurities to a semiconductor material to change its
electrical characteristics.
DIFFUSION BARRIER
An obstacle to the diffusion of charge carriers in an active
solid-state device.
DIFFUSION CURRENT
Current caused by charge carriers diffusing from a volume of
high carrier concentration to a volume of lower carrier
concentration in a solid-state material.
DIFFUSION LENGTH
In a homogeneous semiconductor material, the average distance
minority carriers move during their lifetime (i.e., between
generation and recombination).
DIODE
An electronic device which has two terminals and an
asymmetrical or nonlinear voltage-current characteristic.
DIODE ISOLATION
A technique in which a high electrical resistance between an
integrated circuit element and its substrate is achieved by
surrounding the element with a reverse biased pn junction.
DIP (DUAL-IN-LINE PACKAGE)
A chip carrier or package consisting of a plastic or ceramic
body with two rows of vertical leads in which a semiconductor
integrated circuit is assembled and sealed. The leads are
typically inserted into a circuit board and secured by
soldering.
DIRECT BAND GAP SEMICONDUCTOR
A semiconductor material in which an electron transition from
the conduction to the valence band, or vice versa, does not
require a change in crystal momentum for the electron.
Gallium arsenide is a direct band gap semiconductor
material.
DISCRETE CIRCUIT
A circuit which has an individual identity and which is
fabricated prior to installation, or is separately packaged
and is not part of an integrated circuit.
DISLOCATION
A region in a crystal in which the atoms are not arranged in
a perfect lattice-like structure. See CRYSTAL DEFECT for
examples of crystal defects/dislocations.
DMOSFET
Depletion type metal oxide semiconductor field effect
transistor. Such devices are normally in the on condition
with no applied gate voltage.
DONOR IMPURITY
An element which when added to a semiconductor provides
unbound or free electrons to the semiconductor which may
serve as current carriers. Typically, donors are atoms which
have more valence electrons than the atoms of the
semiconductor material into which they are introduced in
small quantities as an impurity or dopant. Since such donor
impurities have more valence electrons than the
semiconductor, a semiconductor doped with donor impurities is
an n-type semiconductor.
DOPANT
An impurity added to a semiconductor material to change its
electrical conductivity or other characteristics. N-type
(negative) dopants, such as phosphorus, for a group IV
semiconductor such as silicon typically come from group V of
the periodic table. When added to silicon n-type dopants
create a material that contains conduction electrons. P-type
(positive) dopants, such as boron, for a group IV
semiconductor such as silicon, typically come from group III
and result in holes.
DOPING PROFILE
The point to point concentration throughout a semiconductor
of an impurity atom doped into the semiconductor.
DOUBLE-DIFFUSED MOS (DMOS)
A metal oxide semiconductor having diffused junctions in
which successive diffusions of different impurity types are
made in the same well-defined region of the semiconductor.
DRAIN
The electrode of a field effect transistor which receives
charge carriers which pass through the transistor channel
from the source electrode.
DRAIN CURRENT
The flow of charge carriers in the drain region of a field
effect transistor.
DRAIN-SOURCE SATURATION CURRENT
The maximum amount of current carried by the drain of a
field-effect transistor when the gate- source voltage equals
zero volts.
DRIFT CURRENT
Current produced in a solid-state electronic device by charge
carriers (e.g., holes or electrons) drifting in the direction
of an applied electric field.
DUAL GUARD-BAND ISOLATION
A type of electrical isolation of functional elements of an
integrated circuit comprised of two distinct unused areas of
chip surface area adjacent to the elements desired to be
electrically isolated.
DUAL-IN-LINE (DIP)
See DIP.
DYNAMIC RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (DRAM)
solid-state memory in which the information decays over time
and needs to be periodically refreshed.
EB JUNCTION
Emitter base junction in a bipolar transistor.
ELECTRON
The negatively charged particle in an atom that orbits the
nucleus in specific energy levels.
ELECTRON FLOW
Movement of electrons from a source of negative potential to
a positive potential.
ELECTRON-HOLE PAIR
A positive charge carrier (i.e., hole) and a negative charge
carrier (i.e., electron) considered together as being
created or destroyed as part of one and the same event.
EMITTER
The region of a bipolar junction transistor from which charge
carriers flow through the emitter-base junction into the base
region of the device.
EMITTER CURRENT
The amount of current flowing from the emitter across the
emitter-base junction into the base region of the device.
E-MOSFET
Enhancement mode metal oxide semiconductor device. See
ENHANCEMENT MODE and MOSFET.
ENERGY LEVELS
The possible energy values that an atom or molecule or
subatomic particle (e.g., an electron) can have.
ENHANCEMENT MODE
The operation of a field effect transistor which has a
channel formed therein between its source and drain regions
and which normally does not conduct current through its
channel with zero voltage applied to its gate electrode.
Voltage of the correct polarity will accumulate minority
carriers in the channel to permit conduction of current in
the channel, thus turning on the transistor.
EPITAXY
The growth of a crystal of one substance on the surface of a
crystal of the same or another substance so that the crystal
lattice of the base substance controls the orientation of the
atoms in the grown crystal.
EPITAXIAL LAYER
An added layer of crystal that takes on the same crystalline
orientation as the substrate crystal.
ESAKI DIODE
A heavily doped pn junction diode where conduction occurs
through the junction potential barrier due to a quantum
mechanical effect even though the carriers which tunnel
through the potential barrier do not have enough energy to
overcome the potential barrier. Esaki tunneling involves a
tunneling barrier formed by a macroscopic depletion layer
between n-type and p-type regions. It does not involve a
resonant tunneling barrier using controlled quantum
confinement, a layer located between junctions, nor a thin
superlattice layer.
EXCESS CARRIERS
Charge carriers present in a semiconductor in excess of those
present in thermal equilibrium.
EXTRINSIC SEMICONDUCTOR
A semiconductor whose charge carrier concentration and,
therefore, electrical properties depend on impurity, atoms
introduced therein.
FACE BONDED
A chip mounting technique wherein semiconductor chips are
provided with small mounting pads, turned face down, and
bonded directly to conductors on a substrate.
FANNED LEADS
Leads placed through a package wall at closer intervals than
normal and radiated (fanned) out on the exterior of the
package until a desired center-to-center lead spacing is
achieved.
FET
Acronym for field effect transistor.
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR
A unipolar transistor in which current carriers are injected
at a source terminal and pass to a drain terminal through a
channel of semiconductor material whose conductivity depends
largely on an electric field applied to the semiconductor
from a control electrode. There are two main types of FET, a
junction FET and an insulated-gate FET. In the junction FET,
the gate is isolated from the channel by a pn junction. In
an insulated-gate FET, the gate is isolated from the channel
by an insulating layer, so that the gate and channel form a
capacitor with the insulating layer as the capacitor
dielectric.
FIELD OXIDE
A thin (on a macroscopic scale) film made up of an oxide of a
material which overlies a device substrate to reduce
parasitic capacitive coupling between conductors overlying
the oxide and the substrate or devices below the oxide layer
(e.g., in the substrate).
FLAT PACK
An integrated circuit package with leads extending from it in
the same plane as that of the package. It has a low
profile.
FLIP-CHIP
A term which describes the situation wherein a semiconductor
device which has all terminations on one side thereof in the
form of bump contacts, has a passivated surface and has been
flipped over and attached to a matching substrate.
FLOATING DIFFUSION
A region of a semiconductor device in which impurity atoms
have been doped and which is electrically floating, that is,
has no direct electrical connection.
FLOATING GATE
A gate electrode that is electrically floating, that is, has
no direct electrical connection.
FOOTPRINT
Also called a land pattern. It is a combination of lands
used to mount a surface mount component. Metal pads on a
substrate surface are arranged in the same pattern as the
leads or pads on the component itself.
FORBIDDEN ENERGY BAND/REGION/GAP
The energy band of a material which is located between a
solid material's conduction and valence bands. It is defined
by the amount of energy that is needed to release an electron
from its valence band to its conduction band. Electrons
cannot exist in this gap. They are either below it, and
bound to an atom, or above it, and able to move freely.
FORWARD BIAS
An external voltage applied in the conducting direction of a
pn junction. A positive potential is connected to the
p-type material and a negative potential to the n-type
semiconductor material.
FORWARD BREAKOVER POTENTIAL
The value of positive terminal voltage at which a
regenerative device (e.g., a silicon controlled rectifier),
with its gate circuit open, becomes conductive.
FORWARD CURRENT
The current which flows across a semiconductor junction when
a forward bias is applied across the junction.
FOUR-LAYER DIODE
A semiconductor diode with three junctions and only two
terminals connected to the outer layers forming the
junctions. This includes two terminal pnpn thyristors.
FOUR-PHASE CCD
A charge coupled device having four electrode sets and four
gate voltages.
FOUR-SIDE LEAD LAYOUT
The situation wherein there are leads through all four sides
of an integrated circuit package.
FRAME TRANSFER CCD
A charge coupled device area imager array with a separate
image area, storage area, and read-out register area, the
storage area being located between the image area and the
readout area. This is distinguished from an
interline-transfer CCD in which the sensing and
storage/readout function areas are located next to each
other.
FREE ELECTRON
An electron not bound to a particular atom, but free to
circulate among the atoms of a solid material.
GAIN
The ratio of the magnitude of the electrical output of a
device to the magnitude of its electrical input.
GALLIUM ARSENIDE
A semiconducting chemical compound which is often used in
active solid-state devices.
GATE
The control electrode or region of a field effect transistor,
located between the source and drain electrodes, and regions
thereof.
GATE ARRAY
A repeating geometric arrangement of groups of active
solid-state devices, each group being connectable into a
logic circuit, in one integrated, monolithic semiconductor
chip.
GATE CHARGE
The electrical charge on a gate electrode.
GATE CONTROLLED DIODE
A three terminal semiconductor diode with the ability to be
turned on or off by a pulse applied to its gate electrode.
GATE TRIGGER CURRENT
The amount of current needed to commence gate current flow in
a four layer semiconductor device (e.g., a thyristor).
GATE TRIGGER VOLTAGE
The amount of voltage needed to begin gate current flow in a
four layer semiconductor device (e.g., a silicon controlled
rectifier).
GERMANIUM
A semiconductor material used in active solid-state devices.
GULL-WING
The name given to lead configurations of some surface mounted
devices. Gull wings extend from the side of a component
package and have an L-shaped bend at component ends, which
extend down to the substrate surface and away from the
component.
GUNN DIODE
A diode in which electrons under the influence of
sufficiently high electric fields are transferred between
energy valleys of different momentum in the conduction band
of the active semiconductor device material or holes under
the influence of sufficiently high electric fields are
transferred between energy valleys of different momentum in
the valence band of the active semiconductor device material.
A Gunn diode does not normally have a pn junction and cannot
be used as a rectifier.
GUNN EFFECT
An inter valley transfer effect wherein electrons under the
influence of sufficiently high electric fields are
transferred between energy valleys of different momentum in
the conduction band of the active semiconductor device
material, or holes under the influence of sufficiently high
electric fields are transferred between energy valleys of
different momentum in the valence band of the active
semiconductor device material.
HALL EFFECT DEVICE
An active solid-state device in which a current is flowing
and is in a magnetic field perpendicular to the current, and
in which a voltage is produced that is perpendicular to both
the current flow direction and the magnetic field direction.
HALOGENS
F, Cl, Br, I, At.
HEADER
A slab-like or flat plug-in base for a package that is
designed to be used with a cover or lid.
HEAT SINK
Devices used to absorb or transfer heat away from heat
sensitive devices or device components.
HEAVY METALS
Metals other than light metals - see LIGHT METALS.
HETEROJUNCTION /HETEROINTERFACE
An interface between two dissimilar semiconductor materials.
For example, one material may by InAs and the other may be
InAlAs, or one material may be GaAs and the other material
may be GaAlAs.
HETEROSTRUCTURE
See HETEROJUNCTION.
HIGH ELECTRON (HOLE) MOBILITY TRANSISTOR (HEMT)
A heterojunction field effect transistor with impurity ions
located on the side of the hetero junction with lower
affinity for the charge carriers (holes or electrons)
injected at the source that pass to the drain via a channel
adjacent the hetero junction.
HOLDING CURRENT
The minimum current needed to maintain a generative type
active solid-state device (e.g., a thyristor) in an "on" or
conducting condition.
HOLE
An empty energy level in the valence band of a semiconductor
crystal which exhibits properties of a real particle and can
act as a mobile positive charge carrier.
HOLE FLOW
The current in a semiconductor material due to the movement
of holes therein.
HOMOJUNCTION
An interface between regions of opposite polarity in the same
semiconductor material.
HOT CARRIER DIODE
A diode in which electrons (or holes) have energies greater
than those that are in thermal equilibrium with the material
of at least one of the regions forming the diode. Schottky
barrier diodes typically have "hot carriers" (hot electrons)
injected into the metal from the semiconductor.
HOT ELECTRONS
See HOT CARRIER DIODE.
HYBRID CIRCUIT
A small printed circuit having miniature components, which
may include passive components (resistors, capacitors, and
inductors, deposited on a printed circuit board. A "hybrid
circuit" is NOT an integrated circuit, and is not
classifiable in this class.
IMPURITY
A foreign material present in a semiconductor crystal, such
as boron or arsenic in silicon, which is added to the
semiconductor to produce either p-type or n-type
semiconductor material, or to otherwise result in material
whose electrical characteristics depend on the impurity
dopant atoms.
INDIRECT BAND GAP SEMICONDUCTOR
A semiconductor material in which a change in semiconductor
crystal momentum for an electron is required when it moves
from the conduction band to the valence band and vice versa.
Silicon is an indirect band gap semiconductor.
INSULATED-GATE FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (IGFET)
A unipolar transistor with source, gate, and drain regions
and electrodes, in which conduction takes place in a channel
controlled by action of the voltage applied to the gate
electrode of the device, in which the gate electrode is
separated from the channel by an insulator layer.
INSULATOR
A material which has a high resistance to the flow of
electric current. It has such low electrical conductivity
that the flow of current therethrough can usually be
neglected.
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
See MONOLITHIC DEVICE (e.g., IC) as contrasted to HYBRID
CIRCUIT.
INTRINSIC CONCENTRATION
The number of minority carriers in a semiconductor due to
thermal generation of electron-hole pairs.
INTRINSIC SEMICONDUCTOR
A pure semiconductor, i.e., one with no impurity atoms
introduced therein.
INVERSION
A condition in a semiconductor material in which the
concentration of minority carriers exceeds the concentration
of majority carriers.
INVERSION LAYER/CHANNEL
A region in a semiconductor material in which the
concentration of minority carriers exceeds the concentration
of majority carriers.
IRON GROUP METALS
Fe, Co, Ni.
ISOLATION
Prevention of the flow of electric current between electronic
component parts of a solid-state electronic device.
ISOPLANAR CMOS
A semiconductor device in which relatively thick regions of
silicon dioxide, recessed into the semiconductor surface, are
used to electrically isolate device areas and prevent
parasitic device formation. More commonly called LOCOS
CMOS.
ISOPLANAR ISOLATION
A type of electric isolation in which relatively thick
regions of silicon dioxide, recessed into the semiconductor
surface, are used to electrically isolate device areas and
prevent parasitic device formation. More commonly called
LOCOS ISOLATION.
J-LEAD
A rolled-under, J-shaped configuration of some surface
mounted component leads.
JUNCTION
A joining of two different semiconductors or of a
semiconductor and a metal at an interface. Types of
junctions include HETEROJUNCTIONS, SCHOTTKY BARRIER
JUNCTIONS, and PN JUNCTIONS.
JUNCTION BARRIER
The opposition to the diffusion of majority carriers across a
pn junction due to the charge of the fixed donor and acceptor
ions.
JUNCTION CAPACITANCE
The capacitance across a pn junction. It depends on the
width of the depletion layer, which increases with increased
reverse bias voltage across the junction.
JUNCTION GATE FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (JFET)
See FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR.
JUNCTION ISOLATION
Electrical isolation of devices on a monolithic integrated
circuit chip using a reverse biased junction diode to
establish a depletion layer that forms the electrical
isolation between devices.
JUNCTION RESISTANCE
The electrical resistance across a semiconductor PN
junction.
LAND
The conductive areas, normally metal patterns, on a
semiconductor integrated circuit, which form part of the
contacts and interconnections between components on the
integrated circuit.
LAND PATTERN
A combination of lands on an integrated circuit.
LANTHANIDE ELEMENTS
La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho,Er, Tm, Yb, Lu.
LATCHING/LATCHED/LATCHUP
The state or condition of a regenerative feedback device,
e.g., a thyristor, in which the device remains ON when the
initializing signal is removed.
LCCC
An abbreviation for a leadless ceramic chip carrier which is
a hermetically-sealable ceramic package in which an
integrated chip can be placed to create a surface mounted
component. It has pads around its perimeter for connection
to a substrate.
LEAD
The conductor brought out from a component.
LEAD FRAME
A metal frame which provides support for an integrated
circuit chip or die as well as electrical leads to
interconnect the integrated circuit on the die or chip to
other electrical components or contacts.
LEAKAGE CURRENT
Unwanted current flow.
LIFETIME
The average time interval between the introduction of and
recombination of minority charge carriers in a
semiconductor.
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED)
Junction diodes which give off light when energized.
LIGHT METALS
Alkali metals, alkaline-earth metals, Be, Al, Mg.
LINE DEFECT
A planar crystal defect (e.g., an extra plane of atoms in a
crystal). It is also called an edge dislocation.
LOCAL OXIDE CMOS (LOCMOS)
Local oxide complementary metal oxide semiconductor structure
which features oxide isolation which is recessed into the
semiconductor surface.
LOCOS
(Local Oxidation of Silicon) Patterns of oxide isolation
which are recessed into the semiconductor surface. Sometimes
also called isoplanar, ROX (Recessed Oxide Isolation), or
planox.
LUMINESCENCE
Emission of light by directly converting some other type of
energy. Types include thermoluminescence, photoluminescence,
cathodoluminescence, and electroluminescence. It includes
fluorescence and phosphorescence. Active solid-state
luminescent devices are semiconductors which operate via
injection luminescence. Active devices include pn junctions
(including heterojunctions), Schottky barrier junctions,
metal-insulator-semiconductor (MIS) structures, and high
speed traveling domains, e.g., Gunn domain and
acoustoelectric wave generated domains; whereas passive
solid-state electroluminescent devices (phosphors) are
insulators which operate in an intrinsic luminescence
phenomena, i.e., where an applied electric field generates
free carriers (there being no free carriers in an insulator
to be accelerated by an applied field unless the field also
generates them) to initiate the light emission mechanism.
MAJORITY CARRIER
The predominant charge carrier in a semiconductor. Electrons
are majority carriers in n-type semiconductors. Holes are
majority carriers in p-type semiconductors.
MAJORITY CURRENT
Current caused by the flow of majority carriers.
MASTERSLICE ARRAY/MASTERCHIP
A substrate that contains active and passive electronic
components in a predetermined pattern which may be connected
into different logic or analog circuits.
MBM JUNCTION
Active solid-state devices having metal-barrier-metal layer
junctions.
METAL-OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (MOSFET)
See INSULATED GATE FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR.
METAL-GATE FET
A field effect transistor having a gate conductor made of
metal, rather than polycrystalline semiconductor material.
METALLIZATION
A single or multilayer film pattern of electrically
conductive material deposited on a substrate to interconnect
electronic components, or the metal film on the bonding area
of a substrate which becomes part of the bond and performs
both an electrical and a mechanical function.
METALS
Elements other than non-metals. See NON-METALS.
MIM DIODE
A junction diode with a thin insulating layer of material
sandwiched between two metallic surface layers which operates
as a tunneling (direct or Fowler-Nordheim type) diode.
MINORITY CARRIER
The less predominant charge carrier in a semiconductor. In a
p-type semiconductor, minority carriers are electrons,
whereas in n-type semiconductor material, minority carriers
are holes.
MINORITY CURRENT
The current caused by flowing minority carriers.
MIS
Acronym for metal-insulator-semiconductor. Typically active
solid-state devices with MIS technology have a silicon
dioxide layer formed on a single crystal silicon substrate.
A polysilicon conductor layer is formed on the oxide.
MOBILITY
The facility with which carriers move through a semiconductor
when subjected to an applied electric field. Electrons and
holes typically have different mobilities in the same
semiconductor.
MODFET
Acronym for a modulation doped field effect transistor. A
high speed semiconductor FET in which dopant atom containing
semiconductor layers alternate with non-doped semiconductor
layers, so that the carriers (electrons or holes) resulting
from the dopant atoms can travel in the undoped material, so
that there is little scattering of carriers from dopant
atoms. Typically, the dopant atoms are in semiconductor
material having a lower carrier affinity than the undoped
layers, to facilitate carrier spill over into the undoped
layers. Such a structure may typically constitute a
superlattice. See also HIGH ELECTRON MOBILITY TRANSISTOR
(HEMT).
MODULATION DOPING
Spatial modulation of dopant atoms in a semiconductor
crystal.
MONOLITHIC DEVICE (e.g., IC)
A device in which all components are fabricated on a single
chip of silicon. Interconnections among components are
provided by means of metallization patterns on the surface of
the chip structure, and the individual parts are not
separable from the complete circuit. External connecting
wires are taken out to terminal pins or leads.
MSM
Acronym for metal-semiconductor-metal semiconductors. Active
solid-state semiconductor devices having a semiconductor
layer sandwiched between two layers of metal.
MULTILAYER METALLIZATION
Two or more layers of interconnecting metallization patterns
in a monolithic integrated circuit separated by insulator
material except in interconnection areas.
N-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR
An extrinsic semiconductor in which electron density exceeds
hole density.
NDM
Negative differential mobility (e.g., Gunn effect)
intervalley active semiconductor devices wherein an applied
electric field imparts energy to electrons or holes to permit
them to jump to higher quantum electronic intervalley energy
levels in which electrons have lowered electron mobility.
NEGATIVE RESISTANCE REGION
An operating region of an active solid-state electronic
device in which an increase in applied voltage results in a
decrease in output current.
NEGATIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT
The amount of reduction in a device parameter, such as
capacitance or resistance, for each degree of device
operating temperature.
NMOS
N-channel metal oxide semiconductor devices which use
electrons as majority carriers.
NOBLE GASES
He, Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe, Rn.
NON-METALS
H, B, C, Si, N, P, O, S, Se, Te, noble gases, halogens.
NPN TRANSISTOR
A transistor in which the base is made of p-type material and
both source and drain are made of n-type semiconductor
material.
N-CHANNEL FET
A field effect transistor that has an n-type conduction
channel.
N-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR
An extrinsic semiconductor having n-type dopant atoms, e.g.,
atoms with one more valence electron than the host atoms.
ORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR
A semiconductor compound in which the molecule is
characterized by two or more carbon atoms bonded together,
one atom of carbon bonded to at least one atom of hydrogen or
halogen (i.e., chlorine, fluorine, bromine, iodine) or one
atom of carbon bonded to at least one atom of nitrogen by a
single or double bond.
(1) Note. Exceptions to this rule include HCN, CN-CN, HNCO,
HNCS, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, fulminic acid, and metal
carbides. These are not regarded as organic semiconductor
materials. Also, note that graphite and diamond are not
regarded as organic semiconductors since they are not
compounds; silicon carbide is not regarded as organic.
OXIDE ISOLATION
Electrical isolation of semiconductor electronic devices in a
monolithic integrated circuit by an oxide (e.g., silicon
oxide).
PACKAGE
A container, case, or enclosure for protecting a solid-state
electronic device from the environment.
PAD
(1) The portion of a conductive pattern on a solid-state
electronic device for making external connection thereto; (2)
the portion of a conductive pattern on a chip or a printed
circuit board designed for mounting or attaching a substrate
or solid-state active electronic device.
PARASITIC CURRENT
Unintended current which flows between devices in an
integrated circuit, or which flows between device regions and
isolation regions.
PARASITIC DEVICES/CHANNELS
Junctions forming unintended active solid-state devices which
interconnect intended active solid-state devices, which
unintended devices are not designed to carry current flow.
PARASITIC THYRISTOR ACTION
Unwanted active solid-state device formation in which four
adjacent complementary doped regions not designed to act as
an active solid-state device, lack sufficient isolation
therebetween and act as a thyristor. Parasitic thyristor
action is typically a problem encountered in CMOS integrated
circuits.
PARASITIC TRANSISTOR ACTION
Unwanted transistor formation in an integrated circuit
structure.
PASSIVE DEVICE
A solid-state electronic device or component in which charge
carriers do not change their energy levels and that does not
provide rectification, amplification, or switching, but which
does react to voltage and current. Examples are pure
resistors, capacitors, and inductors.
P-CHANNEL
A conduction path, made of p-type semiconductor material,
located between the source and drain of a field effect
device.
PERISTALTIC CCD
See BULK CHANNEL CCD.
PERMISSIBLE ENERGY LEVEL
An energy level in a conduction or valence band which a
charge carrier (electron or hole) may have.
PHOTODIODE
A diode in which charge carriers are created by light which
illuminates the diode junction. It is a photovoltaic as well
as a photoconductive device.
PHOTOTRANSISTOR
A transistor having no base terminal and in which charge
carriers are created by light which illuminates its
collector-base junction.
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELL
An active solid-state device with a pn junction that
generates a voltage in response to light impinging on the
junction.
PINCH-EFFECT RESISTOR
A monolithic integrated circuit resistor having a layer of
one conductivity type, typically a P-layer formed at the same
time as integrated circuit bipolar transistor base regions,
which is thinned by an inset region of opposite conductivity
type, typically an N-layer formed at the same time as
integrated circuit bipolar transistor emitter regions.
PINCH-OFF
The condition in a depletion mode field effect transistor
wherein the conducting channel is depleted of majority
carriers and is thereby pinched off, no path remaining for
the source-to-drain majority carrier (e.g., electron) flow.
PIN DIODE/DEVICE
A diode having an intrinsic semiconductor (i.e., one with no
dopants) sandwiched between a p-type layer and an n-type
layer. The depletion region (the intrinsic semiconductor
layer) thickness can be tailored to optimize quantum
efficiency for use as a photo diode or frequency response for
use as a microwave diode.
PIN-GRID ARRAY
A semiconductor chip package having leads in the form of pins
arranged in columns and rows.
PLANAR TRANSISTOR
A bipolar transistor in which the emitter base and collector
regions terminate at the same plane surface without
indentations in or protrusions from the surface. Hence, the
emitter and base regions form dish shaped portions extending
into the semiconductor from the common surface.
PLUG-IN PACKAGE
An electronic package for an active solid-state device in
which the lead pins are perpendicular to the mounting area of
the substrate, as contrasted with a flat package in which the
leads are in the same plane as the substrate.
P-MOSFET
A metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor having
p-type source and drain regions and a p-type conduction
channel which may be formed by a p type doped region
(depletion mode) or induced by a voltage on the gate
(enhancement mode).
PN-JUNCTION
The interface and region of transition between p-type and
n-type semiconductors.
PN-JUNCTION DIODE
A semiconductor device having two terminals connected to
opposite type semiconductor materials with a junction
therebetween and exhibiting a non-linear voltage-current
characteristic, usually used for switching or rectification.
PNP TRANSISTOR
A bipolar transistor with a p type emitter, an n-type base
and a p-type collector.
POINT DEFECT
A crystal defect occurring at a point in a crystal. Examples
include, (1) a foreign atom incorporated into the crystal
lattice at either a substitutional (regular lattice) site or
interstitial (between regular lattice sites) site, (2) a
missing atom in the lattice, or (3) a host atom located
between regular lattice sites and adjacent to a vacancy
(called a Frenkel defect).
POLYCRYSTALLINE
A material composed of more than one crystal.
POLYSILICON
A polycrystalline form of silicon.
POSITIVE CARRIER
A charge carrier which has a net positive charge (e.g., a
hole).
POSITIVE IONS
Atoms which are missing a valence shell electron.
POTENTIAL BARRIER
The difference in electrical potential across a pn junction
in a semiconductor.
POTENTIAL HILL
See POTENTIAL BARRIER.
POTTING
An embedding process in which an electronic component is
placed in a can, shell, or other container and buried in a
liquid dielectric polymer which subsequently changes to a
solid material. The container is not removed from the
finished part, and a release agent is not used. This process
differs from casting - which involves a removable mold.
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A structure formed on one or more layers of electrically
insulating material having electrical terminals and
conductive material deposited thereon, in continuous paths,
from terminal to terminal, to form circuits for electronic
apparatus such as chips or substrates.
P-TYPE CONDUCTIVITY
Electrical conductivity associated with positive charge
carriers (holes) in a semiconductor material.
P-TYPE SEMICONDUCTOR
An extrinsic semiconductor in which the hole density exceeds
the conduction electron density.
PUNCHTHROUGH
Expansion of a depletion region* from one junction to another
junction in an active solid-state device.
PURPLE PLAGUE
A brittle, inter metallic electrically conductive compound
which has a purplish color and is formed when aluminum and
gold, used as electrical contact materials in semiconductor
electronic devices, contact each other and interact. It is
usually considered undesirable because it breaks easily,
reduces device reliability, and lowers product yield.
QUANTIZED STATES
Discrete energy levels due to the quantum mechanical
properties of a material.
QUANTUM TRANSISTOR
Transistors whose operation is based on the properties of
electrons confined in quantum wells - semiconductor films
only a hundred or so angstroms thick sandwiched between high
confining walls made of a second semiconductor material.
QUANTUM WELL
Semiconductor films only a hundred or so angstroms thick
sandwiched between high confining walls made of a second
material.
RARE EARTHS
Sc, Y, Lanthanides.
READ-OUT REGISTER
Gated semiconductor devices which receive and accumulate
charges and make them available to an output device.
RECOMBINATION
The process by which excess holes and electrons in a
semiconductor crystal recombine and and no longer function as
charge carriers in the semiconductor. Basic recombination
processes are band-to-band recombination which occurs when an
electron in the conduction band recombines with a hole in the
valence band, and trapping recombination which occurs when an
electron or hole is captured by a deep energy level, such as
produced by a deep level dopant, before recombining with an
opposite conductivity type carrier.
REFRACTORY METALS
Ti, V, Cr, Zr, Nb, Mo, Hf, Ta, W.
RESISTIVITY
A measure of the resistance of a material to electric
current. Resistivity is a bulk material property, measured
in ohm-cm.
RESONANT TUNNELLING DEVICE
A device that works on the principle of resonant electron (or
hole) tunneling through a pair of matched potential barriers.
This occurs when the energy of the electrons (or holes)
matches that of a quantum energy level in the quantum well
formed between the barriers.
REVERSE BIAS
A voltage applied across a semiconductor junction in the
reverse direction, i.e., wherein a positive potential is
connected to the n-type semiconductor and a negative
potential is applied to the p-type semiconductor.
REVERSE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE
The reverse bias voltage value at which electrical resistance
drops appreciably and operating current sharply increases.
REVERSE CURRENT
The current flowing through a rectifying junction with a
reverse voltage thereacross.
SATURATION
The current between the base and collector of a bipolar
transistor when an increase in emitter to base voltage causes
no further increase in the collector current.
SCATTERING CENTERS
The impurities (dopants) in semiconductors that cause
electrons or holes flowing through the semiconductor to
scatter. These reduce carrier mobility and represent a
problem in quantum devices because they affect electron
coherence length.
SCHOTTKY BARRIER
A metal to semiconductor interface in which the carrier
affinity and doping level of the semiconductor are such that
a rectifying junction is formed. Usually, minority carriers
in the semiconductor do not significantly contribute to the
current flowing in a device with such a barrier.
SCHOTTKY DIODE
A diode with a Schottky barrier.
SEMICONDUCTOR
A material whose electrical resistivity is between that of
insulators and conductors. The resistivity is commonly
changed by light, heat, electric, or magnetic fields incident
on the material. Current flow is achieved by transfer of
positive holes as well as by movement of electrons.
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
A device in which current conduction takes place within a
semiconductor.
SEMICONDUCTOR LASER
A light emitting diode that uses stimulated emission of
radiation to produce coherent light output.
SILICON BILATERAL SWITCH (SBS)
A silicon controlled switch that can conduct current in both
directions.
SILICON CONTROLLED RECTIFIER (SCR)
A four layer pnpn device that, when in a normal state, blocks
applied voltage in either direction. Application of a
correct voltage to a gate terminal permits the device to
conduct in a forward direction.
SILICON CONTROLLED SWITCH (SCS)
A four layer pnpn semiconductor switching device that can be
triggered into conduction by applying either positive or
negative pulses.
SILICON-GATE FET
A field effect transistor which has a gate electrode made of
silicon.
SILICON ON INSULATOR (SOI)
A semiconductor structure using an insulating substrate,
instead of silicon as a substrate material, with an overlying
active layer of single crystal silicon containing active
solid-state devices. The substrate may typically be of the
form of an insulating layer which is itself formed on a
single crystal substrate.
SILICON ON SAPPHIRE (S0S) CMOS
A complementary metal oxide semiconductor device (e.g., a
transistor) wherein single crystal silicon is grown on a
passive insulating base of sapphire (single crystal alpha
phase aluminum oxide) with complementary MOS transistors
formed in the silicon in one or more island portions.
SILICON TRANSISTOR
A transistor which uses silicon as the semiconductor
material.
SINGLE-IN-LINE PACKAGE
A plug-in semiconductor device package with one row of pins
with specified spacings therebetween.
SINGLE CRYSTAL
A body of material having atoms regularly located at periodic
lattice sites throughout.
SINKER
A buried electrically conductive, low resistance path in an
integrated circuit which connects an electrical contact to a
conductive region buried in the integrated circuit. It may
be made up of a heavily doped impurity region.
SIS
An MIS structure (Metal-Insulator-Semiconductor) in which the
"metal" layer is made of semiconductor material, typically
polycrystalline silicon.
SOLAR CELL
A photovoltaic cell in the form of a semiconductor diode,
usually made of silicon, that generates electricity directly
from sunlight impingent on the cell.
SOLID-STATE DEVICE
An electronic device or component that uses current flow
through solid (as opposed to liquid), gas, or vacuum
materials. solid-state devices may be active or passive.
SOURCE
In a field effect transistor, the electrode to which the
source of charge carriers is connected.
SPACE CHARGE REGION
The region around a pn junction in which holes and electrons
recombine to leave no mobile charge carriers and a net charge
density due to the residual dopant ions.
STEP RECOVERY DIODE
A pn junction active solid-state device in which a forward
bias voltage injects charge carriers across the junction but
prior to recombination of the carriers, a reverse voltage is
applied to return the charge carriers to their source as a
group.
SUBSTRATE
The supporting material on or in which the components of an
integrated circuit are fabricated or attached.
SUBSTRATE BIAS
The electric potential applied to a substrate, which
typically serves as the reference potential against which
other voltages are measured. Also, in a MISFET, a voltage
applied to the substrate with respect to the source region.
SUPERLATTICE
A periodic sequence of variations in carrier potential energy
in a semiconductor, of such magnitude and spacing that the
current carrier wave function is spread out over many
periods, so that carrier energy and other properties are
determined in part by the periodic variations. The variation
may be in chemical composition of the material, as in a
sequence of heterojunctions, or in impurity concentration,
forming a doping superlattice, or both.
SURFACE-CHANNEL CCD
A charge coupled device in which charge resides at the
semiconductor surface.
SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES
Active or passive solid-state devices which are structured
and configured to be mounted directly to a printed circuit
board surface. This type of mounting is distinguished from
"through-hole" mounting which involves the electrical and
physical connection of devices to a printed circuit board
using drilled and plated holes through the conductive pattern
of the board.
SURFACE RESISTIVITY
The resistance of a material between two opposite sides of a
unit square of its surface. Also called Sheet Resistance.
Measured in ohms, often written as "ohms per square" in this
case.
TEST PROBES
Mechanical points of contact used for electrical
measurement.
THERMISTOR
A semiconductor device whose electrical resistance varies
with temperature. Its temperature coefficient of resistance
is high, nonlinear, and usually negative.
THICK-FILM DEVICES
Printed thin-film circuits. Silk screen printing techniques
are used to make the desired circuit patterns on a ceramic
substrate. Active devices may be added thereto as separate
devices (see HYBRID CIRCUIT).
THIN-FILM DEVICES
solid-state electronic devices which are constructed by
depositing films of conducting material on the surface of
electrically insulating bases.
THYRISTOR
A four layer p-n-p-n bistable switching device that changes
from an off or blocking state to an on or conducting state
which uses both electron and hole type carrier transport.
THRESHOLD VOLTAGE
The voltage at which a pn junction begins to conduct
current.
THROUGH-HOLE MOUNTING
The electrical and physical connection of components to the
surface of a conductive pattern using drilled and plated
holes through the conductive and insulating layers of a
printed circuit board.
TRANSFERRED ELECTRON DEVICE
See GUNN EFFECT. In such devices, advantage is taken of the
negative differential mobility of electrons or holes in
certain semiconducting compounds, particularly GaAs or InP.
TRANSISTOR
An active solid-state semiconductor device having three or
more electrodes in which the current flowing between two
specified electrodes is modulated by the voltage or current
applied to one or more specified electrodes, and is capable
of performing switching or amplification.
TRANSITION ELEMENTS
Sc, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Y, Zr, Nb, Mo, Te, Ru,
Rh, Pd, Ag, Cd, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho,
Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, Hf, Ta, W, Re, Os, Ir, Pt, Au, Hg, Ac, Th,
Pa, U, Np, Pu, Am, Cm, Bk, Cf, E, Fm, Mv, No, Lw.
TRAPATT DEVICE
An acronym for trapped plasma avalanche triggered transit
diodes, which are biased into avalanche condition. As the
diode breaks down, a highly conducting electron-hole plasma
quickly fills the entire n-type region, and the voltage
across the diode drops to a low value. The plasma is then
extracted from the diode by the low residual electric field,
thus causing a large current flow even though the voltage is
low. Once extraction of the plasma is completed, the current
drops and the voltage rises.
TRENCH ISOLATION
Electrical isolation of electronic components in a monolithic
integrated circuit by the use of holes or other indentations
in the surface of the device filled with dielectric
material.
TUNNEL DIODE
A semiconductor diode in which the electrons penetrate a
quantum barrier that is impenetrable in terms of classical
physics, but which is penetrable in terms of quantum physics
due to the quantum mechanical uncertainty in position of
current carriers.
TUNNEL EFFECT/TUNNELLING
See TUNNEL DIODE and RESONANT TUNNELING DEVICE.
TWIN-TUB STRUCTURE
CMOS device structure in which both p-type and n-type deep
wells are formed into a substrate for the n-channel and
p-channel device (e.g., a transistor), respectively.
TWO-DIMENSIONAL ELECTRON GAS
A description of the motion of electrons which are confined
in only one direction, such as electrons in the conducting
channel of a MOSFET. In an electron gas, the electrons move
around without apparent restriction. The behavior of
electrons in conducting metals (e.g., copper) is an example
of a three-dimensional electron gas. In a two dimensional
electron gas, motion is restricted to a single plane (two
dimensions).
UNIPOLAR
An active solid-state electronic device in which only one
type of charge carrier, positive or negative, is used to
support current flow.
UNIPOLAR TRANSISTOR
A transistor in which the source to drain current involves
only one type of charge carrier.
VARACTOR
A semiconductor diode that changes capacitance with a change
in applied voltage, comprising a two terminal active device
using the voltage variable capacitance of a pn junction or a
Schottky junction.
VARISTOR
A term applied to both passive and active solid-state
devices. A varistor is a two-electrode semiconductor device
with a voltage dependent nonlinear resistance which falls
significantly as the voltage is increased. In an active
device, the non-linear property is due to the presence of one
or more potential barriers, whereas, in a passive type
varistor, it is due to electrical heating of the material due
to current flow therethrough. Varistors are to be contrasted
with passive variable resistors such as rheostats or
potentiometers.
VERTICAL JUNCTION
A junction of finite width which has a vertical axis. The
materials which form it lie on either horizontal side
thereof.
VIA
A metallized or plated-through hole, in an insulating layer,
e.g., a substrate, chip or a printed circuit board which
forms a conduction path itself and is not designed to have a
wire or lead inserted therethrough.
WAFER
A thin slice of semiconductor material with parallel faces
used as the substrate for active solid-state devices in
discrete or monolithic integrated circuit form.
WIRE BOND
Attachment of a tiny wire, as by thermocompression bonding,
to a bonding pad on a semiconductor chip.
WIRING CHANNEL
An area on an integrated circuit, such as a gate array, which
is left free of active devices and in which interconnection
metallization patterns are formed.
WORK FUNCTION
The minimum energy required to remove an electron from the
Fermi level of a material and liberate it to free space
outside the solid.
ZENER CURRENT
The current generated by a Zener diode when its reverse
voltage is increased above the Zener breakdown value.
ZENER DIODE
A single pn junction, two terminal semiconductor diode
reversed biased into breakdown caused by the Zener effect,
i.e., by field emission of charge carriers in the device's
depletion layer. NOTE: True Zener breakdown occurs in
silicon at values below 6 volts. It is to be distinguished
from the avalanche breakdown mechanism that occurs in reverse
biased diodes at higher (about 6 volts) voltages.
SUBCLASSES
Subclass:
1
BULK EFFECT DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter in which the active device is made up of a
semiconductor material whose electrical characteristics are
due to the electronic properties of the semiconductor
material, which are exhibited throughout the entire body of
material rather than in just a localized region thereof
(e.g., the surface).
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass are semiconductive
devices whose nonlinear characteristic is due to a junction
rather than to the bulk properties of the semiconductor,
whether they are homojunctions (i.e., made up of the same
semiconductor material with different dopant ions on opposite
sides of a junction) or heterojunctions (i.e., made up of
different materials on either side of a junction).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
289 for insulated electrode devices having significant
semiconductor compound in bulk crystal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
900 for methods of making a bulk effect semiconductor
device.
Subclass:
2
Bulk effect switching in amorphous material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter
wherein the bulk material is an amorphous material, i.e., one
in which active solid material is non-crystalline in the
sense that (1) there is either complete disorder in the
arrangement of atoms/mole or molecules of the material or (2)
there is an absence of any long range structural order that
is detectable by electron or X-ray diffraction patterns of
the material and the device is used as an electronic switch.
Subclass:
3
With means to localize region of conduction (e.g., "pore"
structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 2. Subject matter
wherein means (e.g., a porous structure) is provided to
confine the operating current to a particular region of the
bulk effect amorphous material.
Subclass:
4
With specified electrode composition or configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 2. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous material bulk effect switching device
has electrodes which have a particular chemical constituency
or shape.
Subclass:
5
In array:
This subclass is indented under subclass 2. Subject matter
in which the amorphous bulk effect switch has a group of
individual switch elements with a predetermined (often
regular) spacing extended in one or more directions.
(1) Note. The elements often extend in two dimensions to
form two-dimensional arrays.
Subclass:
6
Intervalley transfer (e.g., Gunn effect):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter
wherein electrons under the influence of sufficiently high
electric fields are transferred between energy minima having
different momentum in the conduction band of the active
semiconductor material, or holes under the influence of
sufficiently high electric fields are transferred between
energy minima having different momentum in the valence band
of the active semiconductor material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
331, Oscillators, subclass 107 for Gunn-type bulk effect
device oscillators.
341, Coded Data Generation or Conversion, subclass 133 for
analog to or from digital conversion with particular
solid-state devices (e.g., Gunn effect devices).
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, subclass 169
for systems using a Gunn effect device.
Subclass:
7
In monolithic integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 6. Subject matter
wherein the intervalley transfer devices are integrally
combined with one or more other active (e.g., diode or
transistor) or passive (e.g., resistor or capacitor) devices
in a single solid-state electronic device.
Subclass:
8
Three or more terminal device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 6. Subject matter
wherein an intervalley transfer device contains three or more
electrical terminals.
Subclass:
9
THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL
WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY
LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT
QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN
ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO
SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC
TRANSPORT DEVICE):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active material is a thin physical
layer of material located between materials which have
different electrical properties than the thin layer and
wherein the thin active physical layer is (1) a potential
well layer thin enough to establish discrete quantum energy
levels or (2) a potential barrier layer thin enough to permit
quantum mechanical tunneling or (3) a layer thin enough to
permit carrier transmission therethrough with substantially
no scattering of the carriers.
(1) Note. Examples of such devices are superlattice,
quantum well, and ballistic transport devices.
(2) Note. Esaki tunneling is not the type of tunneling
which this subclass and those indented thereunder
contemplate. Esaki tunneling, while being quantum mechanical
in nature, merely involves a tunneling barrier formed by a
macroscopic depletion layer between n-type and p-type
regions, but which neither a resonant tunneling barrier using
controlled quantum mechanical charge confinement, a layer
located between junctions, a thin layer as defined above.
Esaki tunneling devices are found classified below, in
subclasses 104+.
(3) Note. Active junction devices may employ a plurality of
barrier junctions forming layers of material therebetween,
but those layers are only classified in this subclass if they
are thin enough to have the properties set forth in the
definition. If those layers do not meet the definition, then
the devices are classified below.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
372, Coherent Light Generators, 43 for semiconductor lasers
which may contain thin layer devices of this type for
producing coherent light.
Subclass:
10
Low workfunction layer for electron emission (e.g.,
photocathode electron emissive layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter
wherein a layer of material from which electrons are emitted
with less input energy than that necessary to emit them from
adjacent material is provided.
(1) Note. The adjacent material and the low workfunction
layer form either a heterojunction or a Schottky barrier,
depending on whether both materials are semiconductors or one
of the materials is a metal.
(2) Note. Typical low workfunction layer devices include
cold cathode emitters in electron tubes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, 346 and 373+ for
photoemissive cathodes and subclasses 527, 530, 541, and 542+
for photocathodes in general.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
20 for processes of making an electron emissive device
utilizing a semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
11
Combined with a heterojunction involving a III-V compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 10. Subject matter
in which the thin active layer and low workfunction layer for
electron emission are combined with a heterojunction, i.e., a
transition region between two materials with different energy
band gaps, one material of which is a III-V compound, i.e., a
compound wherein one material is found in group III of the
periodic table and another material is found in group V of
the periodic table.
Subclass:
12
Heterojunction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter
wherein the device includes at least two adjacent active
layers, one of which is made of a substance that differs from
that of the other.
(1) Note. See the illustration of a heterojunction device,
in subclass 183.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
194 for heterojunction FETs having doping on the side of the
heterojunction with lower carrier affinity.
Subclass:
13
Incoherent light emitter:
This subclass is indented under subclass 12. Subject matter
wherein the device emits incoherent light.
(1) Note. Coherent light generators are explicitly excluded
from this subclass. This means that cross-references from
Class 372, Coherent Light Generators, are not to be placed in
this subclass. It is not desired to create a duplicate set
of heterostructure lasers in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
372, Coherent Light Generators, subclasses 43-50 for
coherent semiconductor light generators.
Subclass:
14
Quantum well:
This subclass is indented under subclass 12. Subject matter
wherein at least two heterojunctions are formed with a thin
active layer of material having a relatively large carrier
affinity between two materials with smaller carrier
affinities, resulting in a quantum mechanical energy well
located in the thin active layer with the relatively large
carrier affinity.
(1) Note. Quantum well devices appear in many forms,
including (a) heterostructures; (b) only those high electron
mobility transistors (HEMTs) which use a quantum well or a
plurality of quantum wells; (c) superlattices which comprise
many quantum wells so tightly coupled that the individual
wells are not distinguishable, but rather the wells become
analogous to atoms in a lattice and superlattice devices may
behave more like new types of materials rather than as groups
of coupled quantum wells; and (d) resonant tunneling devices
- which exhibit quantum coupling, charge confinement and
resonant tunneling.
(2) Note. See the illustration, below, for a s:graphic
example of a quantum well device. [figure]
Subclass:
15
Superlattice:
This subclass is indented under subclass 14. Subject matter
wherein a large number of quantum wells are present, the
quantum wells being sufficiently close to each other that
carrier quantum wave functions are spread out over plural
quantum wells and the intervening barriers formed by the
boundaries between adjacent layers having different carrier
affinities.
(1) Note. Thicknesses of both the quantum well layers and
the barrier layers are typically a few angstroms to a few
hundred angstroms (10[supscrpt]-10[end supscrpt] meter)
thick.
(2) Note. See the illustration, below, for energy level
diagrams showing band edge energy discontinuities at four
types of superlattice heterointerfaces. [figure]
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, digest 160 for superlattice treatment.
Subclass:
16
Of amorphous semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein a superlattice active layer is made of a
semiconductor crystal with no regular crystalline structure.
Subclass:
17
With particular barrier dimension:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein the superlattice has a specific quantum electronic
potential barrier dimension (e.g., height or width).
Subclass:
18
Strained layer superlattice:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein the crystalline lattice characteristics of adjacent
thin active superlattice layers are mismatched so that
alternate layers are in elastic tension or compression.
Subclass:
19
Si[subscrpt]x[end subscrpt]Ge[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt]:
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the strained superlattice materials
is a silicon-germanium alloy.
Subclass:
20
Field effect device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein the superlattice active layer forms the conduction
channel of a field effect device (i.e., one which has two or
more terminals denoted as source and gate with a conduction
channel therebetween, and in which the current through the
conducting channel is controlled by an electric field coming
from a voltage which is applied between the gate and source
terminals thereof).
Subclass:
21
Light responsive structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein absorption of light (ultraviolet, visible, or
infrared) by a superlattice active layer or junction causes a
change in the current-voltage characteristic of the device.
Subclass:
22
With specified semiconductor materials:
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Subject matter
wherein the superlattice is formed of specified materials.
Subclass:
23
Current flow across well:
This subclass is indented under subclass 14. Subject matter
wherein the device operation involves flow of carriers
(electrons or holes) across the quantum well (as contrasted
with tunneling through the well).
(1) Note. Current flow is considered to be "across" the
well if the carriers have sufficient energy to pass over the
barrier layers confining the quantum well, as contrasted to
passing through the barriers by quantum mechanical
tunneling.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
25 for devices which operate by resonant tunneling through
the barriers, rather than over them.
Subclass:
24
Field effect device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 14. Subject matter
wherein the quantum well device is a field effect device,
i.e., one which has two or more terminals denoted as source
and gate, with a conduction channel therebetween, and in
which the current through the conducting channel is
controlled by an electric field coming from a voltage which
is applied between the gate and source terminals thereof.
(1) Note. See illustration under subclass 213 for various
field effect devices.
Subclass:
25
Employing resonant tunneling:
This subclass is indented under subclass 14. Subject matter
wherein the operation of the device depends not only on
carrier charge confinement by the quantum well, but the
quantum well layer also acts as an intermediate layer through
which carriers pass by resonantly tunneling through both
confining barriers and the well.
Subclass:
26
Ballistic transport device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 12. Subject matter
in which an active layer is present through which carriers
pass, wherein the active layer is thinner than the mean free
path of the carriers in the material in that layer, so that
carriers can pass through the layer without scattering.
(1) Note. Carriers are typically injected into the
ballistic transport layer as "hot" carriers, having an
energy, in the case of electrons, substantially greater than
the minimum of the conduction band, or in the case of holes,
substantially lower than the maximum of the valence band.
Subclass:
27
Field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 26. Subject matter
wherein the ballistic transport device is a field effect
transistor, i.e., one which has two or more terminals denoted
as source and gate with a conduction channel therebetween,
and in which the current through the conducting channel is
controlled by an electric field coming from a voltage which
is applied between the gate and source terminals thereof.
(1) Note. See illustration, below, of various field effect
devices under subclass 213.
Subclass:
28
Non-heterojunction superlattice (e.g., doping superlattice or
alternating metal and insulator layers):
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter
wherein there are a plurality of active layers and barrier
regions, the active layers being sufficiently close to each
other that carrier quantum wave functions are spread out over
plural active layers and the intervening barriers, and
wherein the active layers and barrier regions do not form
heterojunctions between different semiconductor materials.
(1) Note. Typically the active layers and barrier layers
may be doped with opposite conductivity type dopants.
Thicknesses of both the active layers and the barrier layers
are typically a few angstroms to a few hundred angstroms
(10[supscrpt]-10[end supscrpt] meter) thick.
Subclass:
29
Ballistic transport device (e.g., hot electron transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter
in which an active layer is present through which carriers
pass, which active layer is thinner than the mean free path
of the carriers in the material in that layer, so that
carriers can pass through the layer without scattering.
(1) Note. Carriers are typically injected into the ballistic
transport layer as "hot" carriers, having an energy, in the
case of electrons, substantially greater than the minimum of
the conduction band, or in the case of holes, substantially
lower than the maximum of the valence band.
Subclass:
30
Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 9. Subject matter
wherein the active layer through which carrier tunnelling
occurs has lower electrical conductivity than the material
adjacent thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 25.01 for methods of making
barrier layer devices of the metal-insulator-metal type.
331, Oscillators, subclass 107 for superconductive element
and tunneling element oscillators.
Subclass:
31
Josephson:
This subclass is indented under subclass 30. Subject matter
wherein the device is of the form of a pair of
superconductive electrodes separated by a thin, less
conductive, portion, through which superconductive tunneling
may occur.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 25.01 for methods of making
barrier layer devices possessing a Josephson junction.
216, Etching a Substrate: Processes, subclass 3 for
Josephson Junction device manufacture involving etching.
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, subclass 1 for high temperature superconductor
Josephson devices with particular electrode materials and
pertinent cross-reference art collections, including
subclasses 857+ for nonlinear solid-state device, system, or
circuit; and subclasses 873+ active solid-state devices.
Subclass:
32
Particular electrode material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Subject matter
wherein the electrode material is specified.
Subclass:
33
High temperature (i.e., >30 deg. Kelvin):
This subclass is indented under subclass 32. Subject matter
wherein the device can operate at temperatures above 30
degrees on the Kelvin temperature scale.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, subclass 1 for high temperature superconductor
materials and devices.
Subclass:
34
Weak link (e.g., narrowed portion of superconductive line):
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Subject matter
wherein the active layer is a superconductive material of
lower current capacity than the pair of superconductive
electrodes.
Subclass:
35
Particular barrier material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Subject matter
wherein the active layer material is specified.
Subclass:
36
With additional electrode to control conductive state of
Josephson junction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 31. Subject matter
wherein a specific electrode in addition to the pair of
superconductive electrodes forming the Josephson junction is
used to control the conductive state of the junction.
Subclass:
37
At least one electrode layer of semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 30. Subject matter
wherein the tunneling device has at least one electrode layer
comprised of a semiconductive material.
Subclass:
38
Three or more electrode device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 37. Subject matter
wherein the tunneling device has three or more electrodes, at
least one of which is made of a semiconductive material.
Subclass:
39
Three or more electrode device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 30. Subject matter
wherein the tunneling device has three or more electrodes.
Subclass:
40
ORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter comprising a semiconductor compound that
includes an organic material characterized by two or more
carbon atoms bonded together, one atom of carbon bonded to at
least one atom of hydrogen or halogen (i.e., chlorine,
fluorine, bromine, iodine), or one atom of carbon bonded to
at least one atom of nitrogen by a single or double bond.
(1) Note. Certain compounds are exceptions to this rule,
i.e., HCN, CN-CN, HNCO, HNCS, cyanogen halides, cyanamide,
fulminic acid, and metal carbides. These are not regarded as
organic materials.
(2) Note. Graphite and diamond are not regarded as organic,
since they are not compounds; silicon carbide is not regarded
as organic. Active solid-state devices using silicon carbide
or diamond as the semiconductor are in subclass 77 of this
class.
(3) Note. Organic insulating materials, as opposed to
semiconducting materials, do not go in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, subclass
263 for photoelectric cells containing organic active
material.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, and other classes which
form integral parts of Class 260, appropriate subclasses for
organic materials
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 504 for
solid-state organic phosphor material luminescent devices.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
527 for solid electrolytic capacitors containing an organic
salt.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
82 for processes of making a light responsive device
utilizing an organic semiconductor, and subclass 99 for
methods of making an electrical device utilizing as a
semiconductor component an organic semiconductor.
Subclass:
41
POINT CONTACT DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter including a junction between a semiconductor
and a metallic element (e.g., wire) at a single point of
contact therebetween.
Subclass:
42
SEMICONDUCTOR IS SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM IN ELEMENTAL FORM:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter including a semiconductor material comprised
of selenium or tellurium in elemental form (i.e., not in a
compound).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition or
Product, subclass 57.8 for electrophotographic plates
containing selenium or a selenium alloy.
Subclass:
43
SEMICONDUCTOR IS AN OXIDE OF A METAL (E.G., CuO, ZnO) OR
COPPER SULFIDE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein a semiconductor material includes a
metal oxide or copper sulfide.
(1) Note. Those variable resistors known as "coherers"
which are active solid-state devices, and are made of a metal
oxide, are found in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
798 for other active solid-state device type coherers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
338, Electrical Resistors, subclass 1 and 223+ for passive
solid-state coherers.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass 85
for processes of making a light responsive device utilizing
as the semiconductive component a metal oxide or copper
sulfide and subclasses 104 for methods of forming an
electrical device utilizing as a semiconductive component a
metal oxide or copper sulfide.
Subclass:
44
WITH METAL CONTACT ALLOYED TO ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE PN
JUNCTION IN NONREGENERATIVE STRUCTURE:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
under the class definition wherein the active solid-state
device has a pn junction formed by alloying one or more
impurity metal contacts to an elemental semiconductor, and
wherein the active solid-state device is not a regenerative
device of this class.
(1) Note. The impurity metal contact alloys with a
semiconductor material to form a p-region or n-region,
depending on the impurity used.
Subclass:
45
Elongated alloyed region (e.g., thermal gradient zone
melting, TGZM):
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter
wherein the alloyed region has at least one dimension
substantially larger than another.
Subclass:
46
In pn junction tunnel diode (Esaki diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter
wherein the alloyed pn junction device is a tunnel diode,
i.e., wherein the active solid-state device includes a
heavily doped pn junction wherein conduction occurs through
the junction potential barrier due to a quantum mechanical
effect even though the carriers which tunnel through the
potential barrier do not have enough energy to overcome the
barrier potential.
Subclass:
47
In bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Subject matter
wherein the alloyed pn junction device is a bipolar
transistor, i.e., a transistor structure whose working
current passes through semiconductor material of both
polarities (p and n).
Subclass:
48
TEST OR CALIBRATION STRUCTURE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter in which structures are provided on active
solid-state devices to permit or facilitate the measurement,
test, or calibration of the characteristics of the devices.
(1) Note. Active solid-state device standards are also
included herein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
324, Electricity: Measuring and Testing, subclass 158 for
semiconductor device test apparatus and methods.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 18 for methods under the class
definition having combined therewith a step of measuring an
electrical condition utilizing a test element.
Subclass:
49
NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL
FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE
JUNCTION):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein there is an active junction (e.g., a
junction between dissimilar materials, or a junction induced
by an applied electric field, which exhibits non-linear
current-voltage characteristics) and at least part of the
active junction is formed by a semiconductor material in
polycrystalline or amorphous form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, subclass
258 for photoelectric cells with polycrystalline or
amorphous semiconductor material.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 96 and 482+ for methods of depositing
amorphous semiconductive material functioning as an active
region for an electrical device and subclasses 97 and 488+
for methods of depositing polycrystalline semiconductive
material functioning as an active region for an electrical
device.
Subclass:
50
Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, active junction
adapted to be electrically shorted (e.g., "anti-fuse"
element):
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the active junction is structured or arranged to form
an electrical short circuit between the electrical terminals
of the active device.
Subclass:
51
Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material forms active
junction with single crystal material (e.g., monocrystal to
polycrystal pn junction or heterojunction):
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the active junction is formed by both non-single
crystal material and single crystal material.
Subclass:
52
Amorphous semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the non-single crystal semiconductor material is
amorphous, i.e., non-crystalline in the sense that (1) there
is either complete disorder in the arrangement of atoms or
molecules of the material or (2) there is an absence of any
long range structural order that is detectable by electron or
X-ray diffraction patterns of the material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 through 5, for bulk effect switching in amorphous
material.
16 for superlattice quantum well heterojunction devices of
amorphous semiconductor material.
646 for amorphous semiconductor material coating to control
surface effects.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, subclass
258 for photoelectric cells with polycrystalline or
amorphous semiconductor material.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 482 for methods for depositing amorphous
semiconductor.
Subclass:
53
Responsive to nonelectrical external signals (e.g., light):
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor active junction generates
an electrical signal when subjected to non-electrical (e.g.,
optical, thermal, or vibratory) signals.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition or
Product, subclass 57.4 for electrophotographic plates
containing amorphous silicon.
Subclass:
54
With Schottky barrier to amorphous material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor active junction is formed
with a metal, thereby forming a Schottky barrier.
Subclass:
55
Amorphous semiconductor is alloy or contains material to
change band gap (e.g., Si[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]Ge[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt], SiN[subscrpt]y[end
subscrpt]):
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor is an alloy or contains
material to change the band gap of the amorphous
semiconductor material (e.g., Si[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]Ge[subscrpt]1-x [end subscrpt]see below,
SiN[subscrpt]y[end subscrpt]).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
63 for this subject matter except in a device which is not
responsive to nonelectrical external signals.
Subclass:
56
With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds
(e.g., halide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 53. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor material is doped with an
impurity other than hydrogen (e.g., a halide) for providing
electrical stability by completing chemical bonds between
semiconductor atoms which were not completed due to the
amorphous nature of the semiconductor active layer material.
Subclass:
57
Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor active junction is a
field effect device, i.e., one which has a conducting channel
and two or more electrodes, one of which is denoted a source
and the other a drain electrode, and in which the current
through the conducting channel is controlled by an electric
field coming from a voltage which is applied between the gate
and source terminals thereof.
(1) Note. See illustration under subclass 213 for various
field effect devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 149 for methods of forming a field effect
transistor on an insulating substrate or layer (e.g., SOS,
SOI, etc.).
Subclass:
58
With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds
(e.g., halide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor active junction amorphous field
effect device is doped with an impurity other than hydrogen
(e.g., a halide) for providing electrical stability by
completing chemical bonds between semiconductor atoms which
were not completed due to the amorphous nature of the
semiconductor active layer material.
Subclass:
59
In array having structure for use as imager or display, or
with transparent electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Subject matter
wherein a plurality of semiconductor active junction
amorphous field effect devices are interconnected in a
monolithic chip device for generating an image of an object,
light from which is incident on the device, or for displaying
signals applied to the device, or having an electrode that
transmits optical radiation in the infrared, visible, or
ultraviolet wavelength bands.
Subclass:
60
With field electrode under or on a side edge of amorphous
semiconductor material (e.g., vertical current path):
This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor active junction amorphous field
effect device has an electrode located under or on a side
edge of the device to affect the current path through the
device (e.g., providing a vertical current path).
Subclass:
61
With heavily doped regions contacting amorphous semiconductor
material (e.g., heavily doped source and drain):
This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor active junction amorphous field
effect device has regions in contact with the amorphous
material which contain dopant ions with relatively heavy
concentrations (e.g., 10[supscrpt]18[end supscrpt] to
10[supscrpt]21[end supscrpt] dopant atoms per cubic
centimeter).
Subclass:
62
With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds
(e.g., halide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor active junction amorphous field
effect device is doped with an impurity other than hydrogen
(e.g., a halide) for providing electrical stability by
completing chemical bonds between semiconductor atoms which
were not completed due to the amorphous nature of the
semiconductor active layer material.
Subclass:
63
Amorphous semiconductor is alloy or contains material to
change band gap (e.g., Si[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]Ge[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt], SiN[subscrpt]y[end
subscrpt]):
This subclass is indented under subclass 52. Subject matter
wherein the amorphous semiconductor material is an alloy or
contains material to change the energy gap between the
valence and conduction bands.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
55 for this subject matter in a device which is responsive
to nonelectrical external signals.
Subclass:
64
Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material with
specified crystal structure (e.g., specified crystal size or
orientation):
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the non-single crystal semiconductor material has a
specified crystal structure, such as a specified grain size,
a preferred crystallos:graphic axis, or orientation;
polycrystalline material in the form of elongated
crystallites; or particular configuration of grain
boundaries.
Subclass:
65
Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material containing
non-dopant additive, or alloy of semiconductor materials
(e.g., Ge[subscrpt]x[end subscrpt]Si[subscrpt]1-[end
subscrpt]x, polycrystalline silicon with dangling bond
modifier):
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the non-single crystal semiconductor is an alloy or
contains an additive other than an electrically active
dopant, such as a dangling bond passivator or an additive to
change the band gap of the amorphous semiconductor material
(e.g., Si[subscrpt]x[end subscrpt]Ge[subscrpt]1-x[end
subscrpt], SiN[subscrpt]y[end subscrpt]).
Subclass:
66
Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized,
Semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the active solid-state device is a field effect
device, i.e., one which operates with the application of a
voltage across electrical terminals thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 149 for methods of forming a field effect
transistor on an insulating substrate or layer (e.g., SOS,
SOI, etc.).
Subclass:
67
In combination with device formed in single crystal
semiconductor material (e.g., stacked FETs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device is combined with an active or
passive solid-state device located in a single crystal
semiconductor material (i.e., one in which atoms are arranged
in a regular three dimensional array).
Subclass:
68
Capacitor element in single crystal semiconductor (e.g.,
DRAM):
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Subject matter
wherein the device is a capacitor element in single crystal
material.
Subclass:
69
Field effect transistor in single crystal material,
complementary to that in non-single crystal, or
recrystallized, material (e.g., CMOS):
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Subject matter
wherein there is a field effect transistor in single crystal
material complementary in polarity to the field effect device
in the non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material (e.g.,
a CMOS device).
Subclass:
70
Recrystallized semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 67. Subject matter
wherein the combined device contains a non-single
semiconductor region of recrystallized material.
(1) Note. Recrystallized semiconductor material has been
processed, typically by heat or laser irradiation to cause
growth of large regions of substantially single crystal
material to obtain properties approximating those of
completely single crystal material.
Subclass:
71
In combination with capacitor element (e.g., DRAM):
This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device in the non-single crystal, or
recrystallized, semiconductor material is combined with a
capacitor element.
Subclass:
72
In array having structure for use as imager or display, or
with transparent electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 66. Subject matter
wherein a plurality of field effect devices in non-single
crystal, or recrystallized, semiconductor material are
interconnected in a monolithic chip device for generating an
image of an object, light from which is incident on the
device, or for displaying signals applied to the device, or
having an electrode that transmits optical radiation in the
infrared, visible, or ultraviolet wavelength bands.
Subclass:
73
Schottky barrier to polycrystalline semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the device contains a non-ohmic, rectifying
metal-to-polycrystalline bulk material electrical contact.
Subclass:
74
Plural recrystallized semiconductor layers (e.g.,
"3-dimensional integrated circuit"):
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the recrystallized material comprises more than one
layer of recrystallized semiconductor material.
Subclass:
75
Recrystallized semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 49. Subject matter
wherein the device contains a non-single crystal
semiconductor material whose amorphous nature is due to
recrystallization.
Subclass:
76
SPECIFIED WIDE BAND GAP (1.5eV) SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER
THAN GaAsP or GaAlAs:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter including a semiconductor material with a band
gap (between its valance and conduction bands) greater that
1.5 electron volts which is not gallium arsenide phosphide or
gallium aluminum arsenide.
Subclass:
77
Diamond or silicon carbide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 76. Subject matter
wherein the specified wide band gap material is diamond or
silicon carbide.
Subclass:
78
II-VI compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 76. Subject matter
wherein the specified wide band gap material is a compound,
one element of which comes from group II, and the other
element of which comes from group VI of the periodic table of
elements.
Subclass:
79
INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device
generates incoherent light when subjected to an appropriate
input signal.
(1) Note. Lasers (coherent light generators) are classified
in Class 372, and patents directed to lasers are not to be
cross-referenced in this or indented subclasses unless such
patent contains disclosure of a light emitting semiconductor
device which is NOT a laser or coherent light generator.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
13 for incoherent thin physical layer light emitter devices
with operating principles as specified therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, 552 for solid-state light source
circuits.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, 498 for electric
lamp and discharge devices having solid-state luminescent
materials, including nominally recited luminescent
semiconductor type materials; and subclass 504 for
solid-state organic phosphor material luminescent devices.
340, Communications: Electrical, 760 and 766+ for
solid-state light emitting arrays and array elements.
362, Illumination, subclass 84 for light source or light
source support and luminescent material and subclass 800
(cross-reference art collection) for light emitting diode
light sources.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 22 for methods of forming a semiconductor
device which may be emissive of either coherent or incoherent
radiation.
Subclass:
80
In combination with or also constituting light responsive
device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active semiconductor device is
combined with a separate device which generates an electrical
signal when light impinges upon it or the active device both
emits light when stimulated and generates an electrical
signal in response to light impingent thereupon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 551 for signal isolators
involving a light source and photodetector.
Subclass:
81
With specific housing or contact structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Subject matter
wherein the combined light emitting and light responsive
device is provided with a particular housing or electrical
contact structure.
Subclass:
82
Discrete light emitting and light responsive devices:
This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Subject matter
wherein the device with a specific housing or contact
structure contains separate light emitting and light
responsive elements.
Subclass:
83
Light coupled transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Subject matter
wherein the active solid-state device has a pair of
rectifying junctions, a first of which when forward biased
produces light which, when absorbed in the depletion region
of the second junction when reverse biased, produces a
current through the second junction, with the first junction
functioning similarly to the emitter-base junction, and the
second junction functioning similarly to the base-collector
junction, of an ordinary bipolar transistor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 551 for signal isolator for
optically coupled light emitter and light detector
combinations wherein the devices are used to isolate
electrical signals.
Subclass:
84
Combined in integrated structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 80. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting and light responsive devices are
combined in a single crystal monolithic structure.
Subclass:
85
With heterojunction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 84. Subject matter
wherein the device contains a heterojunction, i.e., wherein
the junction separates semiconductor materials of different
chemical composition.
Subclass:
86
Active layer of indirect band gap semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active region is in or between
semiconductor materials in which direct transitions of
electrons from conduction to valance bands do not take
place.
(1) Note. Transitions may take place in steps due to
trapping levels located in the forbidden band between the
conduction and valance bands.
Subclass:
87
With means to facilitate electron-hole recombination (e.g.,
isoelectronic traps such as nitrogen in GaP):
This subclass is indented under subclass 86. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active region with an indirect
band gap layer has means to facilitate electron-hole
recombination (e.g., isoelectronic traps such as nitrogen in
gallium phosphide).
Subclass:
88
Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment
array):
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active semiconductor device
contains more than one light emitting active junction.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
340, Communications: Electrical, 760 and 766+ for
solid-state light emitting arrays and array elements.
Subclass:
89
Multi-color emission:
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Subject matter
wherein different light emitting devices emit light of
different hues.
Subclass:
90
With heterojunction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 89. Subject matter
wherein there is at least one heterojunction, i.e., wherein
the junction separates semiconductor materials of different
chemical composition.
Subclass:
91
With shaped contacts or opaque masking:
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Subject matter
wherein the plural light emitting devices have electrical
contacts with specific shapes or are combined with optical
elements which are impervious to light emitted by the devices
and are placed in the path of light emitted by the devices.
Subclass:
92
Alphanumeric segmented array:
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Subject matter
wherein the plural light emitting devices are structured and
arranged in segments of Arabic numerals or alphabet letters.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
340, Communications: Electrical, 760 and 766+ for
solid-state light emitting arrays and array elements.
Subclass:
93
With electrical isolation means in integrated circuit
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Subject matter
wherein means to provide electrical isolation, i.e., to
prevent electrical short circuits, with respect to each light
emitting device, are provided in a single, monolithic chip
structure.
Subclass:
94
With heterojunction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein there is at least one junction between semiconductor
materials of different chemical compositions.
(1) Note. See the illustration of a heterojunction device
in subclass 183.
Subclass:
95
With contoured external surface (e.g., dome shape to
facilitate light emission):
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting device has an external surface
with a particular geometric shape, for example, a dome shape
to facilitate emission of light from the light emitting
device, in spite of it being made of semiconductor material
of relatively high index of refraction.
Subclass:
96
Plural heterojunctions in same device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 94. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction light emitting device has more
than one heterojunction.
Subclass:
97
More than two heterojunctions in same device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 96. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting device has more than two
heterojunctions.
Subclass:
98
With reflector, opaque mask, or optical element (e.g., lens,
optical fiber, index of refraction matching layer,
luminescent material layer, filter) integral with device or
device enclosure or package:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active junction device is combined
with one or more optical elements (e.g., to transmit or shape
or otherwise affect light emitted by the device); and the
optical element is an integral part of the device or of the
housing, encapsulant, or other device enclosure or package.
Subclass:
99
With housing or contact structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active junction device is combined
with a housing or electrical contact structure.
Subclass:
100
Encapsulated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active junction device is embedded
in a protective coating.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 52.2
for potted or encapsulated electrical devices.
439, Electrical Connectors, subclass 936 for potting
material or coating for electrical conductors.
Subclass:
101
With particular dopant concentration or concentration profile
(e.g., graded junction):
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the light emitting active junction has a particular
concentration of dopant ions or profile in a given direction
or cross sectional area or volume.
Subclass:
102
With particular dopant material (e.g., zinc as dopant in
GaAs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the dopant material of the active junction is
specified.
Subclass:
103
With particular semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 79. Subject matter
wherein the active junction is in or between semiconductor
material whose composition is specified.
Subclass:
104
TUNNELING PN JUNCTION (E.G., ESAKI DIODE) DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device includes
a heavily doped pn junction where conduction occurs through
the junction potential barrier due to a quantum mechanical
effect even though the carriers which tunnel through the
potential barrier do not have enough energy to overcome the
barrier potential.
(1) Note. PN Junction tunnel diodes operated under forward
bias are often referred to as Esaki diodes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
46 for an Esaki diode having a metal contact alloyed to
elemental semiconductor type pn junction in a
non-regenerative structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
326, Electronic Digital Logic Circuitry, subclass 134 for a
digital logic device which includes a tunnel diode.
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, subclass 195 for stable state
circuits utilizing a tunnel diode; subclass 326 for limiting,
clipping, or clamping using a tunnel diode; subclass 402 for
a delay controlled switch with tunnel diode; subclasses 420
and 499 for gating circuits utilizing transistors or diodes
respectively which use tunnel diodes; and subclass 570 for
miscellaneous tunnel diode circuits.
331, Oscillators, subclass 107 for tunnel diode
oscillators.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
100 for tunnel diode current responsive fault sensors.
Subclass:
105
In three or more terminal device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Subject matter
wherein the tunnel junction is part of an active solid-state
electronic device which has three or more electrical
terminals (e.g., transistors or thyristors).
Subclass:
106
Reverse bias tunneling structure (e.g., "backward" diode,
true Zener diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 104. Subject matter
wherein the tunnel junction is structured to permit quantum
mechanical tunneling of carriers in a reverse bias mode,
i.e., when the p-side of the junction is connected to a
negative voltage source and the n-side of the junction is
connected to a positive voltage source.
(1) Note. In silicon, such conduction occurs when the
junction breakdown voltage is less than approximately 5.6
volts.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, digest 174 for treatment of Zener
diodes.
323, Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation Systems,
subclass 231 for systems using a Zener diode and being in
shunt with a load.
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, subclass 194 and 195 for stable state
circuits with a zener or back diode respectively; subclass
326 for limiting, clipping, or clamping utilizing a zener
diode; subclass 421 for gating circuits having a transistor
which utilizes a zener effect; subclass 502 for a gating
circuit with zener diode; and subclass 584 for a
miscellaneous circuit utilizing a zener diode.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
197, for relay time delay safety or protection devices
including, for example, a Zener diode.
377, Electrical Pulse Counters, Pulse Dividers, or Shift
Registers: Circuits and Systems, subclass 128 for pulse
counting or dividing chains which include bi-stable
semiconductor devices with only two electrodes, e.g., tunnel
diodes.
Subclass:
107
REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET,
THYRISTOR):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device acts as
if it has two or more active emitter junctions each of which
is associated with a separate, equivalent transistor having
an individual gain and, when initiated by a base region
current, the equivalent transistors mutually drive each other
in a regenerative manner to lower the voltage drop between
the emitters.
(1) Note. If the current is above a level I[subscrpt]H[end
subscrpt], called the "holding current", then the device will
remain ON when the triggering signal is removed by the
regenerative feedback therebetween, and is then said to be
"latched".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
123, Internal-Combustion Engines, subclass 648 for circuits
employing silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs).
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, 199 for a bistable circuit which
includes diverse solid-state devices such as an SCR,
subclasses 392+ for a delay controlled switch which may
include an SCR, and subclasses 438+ for gating circuits which
may use a thyristor or SCR.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 100 and
205 for circuits employing thyristors (e.g., silicon
controlled rectifiers (SCRs)).
363, Electric Power Conversion Systems, 27, 54, 57+, 68, 85+,
96+, 128+, 135+, and 160+ for circuits employing thyristors
(e.g., silicon controlled rectifiers (SCRs)).
388, Electricity: Motor Control Systems, 917 for circuits
employing thyristors (e.g., silicon controlled rectifiers
(SCRs)).
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 133 for methods of forming a regenerative type
switching device.
Subclass:
108
Controlled by nonelectrical, nonoptical external signal
(e.g., magnetic field, pressure, thermal):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device is controlled by an
input signal other than an optical or electrical signal
(e.g., by a magnetic field) or by mechanical stress.
Subclass:
109
Having only two terminals and no control electrode (gate),
e.g., Shockley diode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has only two
electrical terminals, neither one of which is a control
electrode (e.g., gate or base electrode).
Subclass:
110
More than four semiconductor layers of alternating
conductivity types (e.g., pnpnpn structure, 5 layer
bidirectional diacs, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter
wherein the two terminal device with no control electrode has
more than four layers of semiconductor material, each layer
having an electrical conductivity type (e.g., p-type or
n-type) which differs from that of each adjacent layer.
Subclass:
111
Triggered by V[subscrpt]BO[end subscrpt] overvoltage means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter
wherein the two terminal device with no control electrode
includes means to apply a voltage larger than the breakover
voltage V[subscrpt]BO[end subscrpt] to initiate operation of
the device.
Subclass:
112
With highly-doped breakdown diode trigger:
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Subject matter
wherein the two terminal device with no control electrode
includes a diode portion which is heavily doped to decrease
its breakdown voltage to trigger the device into operation.
Subclass:
113
With light activation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device is activated (e.g.,
turned on and/or off) by light impinging on a light sensitive
portion of the device.
Subclass:
114
With separate light detector integrated on chip with
regenerative switching device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 113. Subject matter
wherein the light sensitive portion is separate from the
regenerative switching device, and is contained in a
physically separated area of a single, monolithic chip with
the regenerative switching device.
Subclass:
115
With electrical trigger signal amplification means (e.g.,
amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 113. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to amplify the electrical signal
generated by the light sensitive portion, in order to trigger
the regenerative switching device.
Subclass:
116
With light conductor means (e.g., light fiber or light pipe)
integral with device or device enclosure or package:
This subclass is indented under subclass 113. Subject matter
wherein the active semiconductor device is provided with
means to conduct light (e.g., as light fiber or light pipe)
to the light sensitive portion, and the light conductor means
is an integral part of the device or of the housing,
encapsulant or other device enclosure, or package.
Subclass:
117
In groove or with thinned semiconductor portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Subject matter
wherein the light sensitive portion is located in a groove in
the device or wherein it is covered by a relatively thin
portion of semiconductor material.
Subclass:
118
With groove or thinned light sensitive portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 113. Subject matter
wherein the light sensitive portion is located in a groove in
the surface of the device or is located close to the surface
of the device in a thinned region of the device so that only
a relatively thin portion of the device has to be traversed
by light.
Subclass:
119
Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g.,
Triac):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has a control
electrode, can conduct in both forward and reverse
directions, and can be triggered into conduction by a pulse
applied to its control electrode.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
110 for bidirectional rectifiers with no control electrode.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
323, Electricity: Power Supply or Regulation Systems,
subclass 240 and 325 for circuit having unidirectional
elements with bidirectional pass.
Subclass:
120
Six or more semiconductor layers of alternating conductivity
types (e.g., npnpnpn structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
contains six or more layers of semiconductor material, each
of which has a different conductivity type, (e.g., n-type or
p-type) which differs from that of each adjacent layer.
Subclass:
121
With diode or transistor in reverse path:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein a diode (i.e., a device which passes current in only
one direction) is connected to conduct current in one
direction, with a regenerative switching device with a
control electrode connected to conduct current in the other
direction to produce a bi-directionally conducting
regenerative switching device.
Subclass:
122
Lateral:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode is
of the lateral type, i.e., when viewed in cross section, the
two main electrodes (e.g., anode and cathode) are arranged
horizontally, side-by-side in the same surface of the
semiconductor body.
Subclass:
123
With trigger signal amplification (e.g., amplified gate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode is
combined with means to amplify the electrical signal applied
to the control electrode to trigger the device.
Subclass:
124
Combined with field effect transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
includes or is combined with a field effect transistor
structure, i.e., a transistor in which the current through a
conducting channel is controlled by an electric field coming
from a voltage which is applied between the gate and source
terminals thereof.
(1) Note. See illustration under subclass 213 for various
field effect devices.
Subclass:
125
Controllable emitter shunting:
This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Subject matter
wherein the field effect transistor structure is connected to
shunt one of the emitter-base junctions of the regenerative
structure under control of the voltage applied to the gate of
the field effect transistor.
Subclass:
126
With means to separate a device into sections having
different conductive polarity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
has means separating portions thereof which have different
conductive polarity.
Subclass:
127
Guard ring or groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Subject matter
wherein the means to separate portions of the device having
different conductive polarity is or includes a groove, or a
guard ring, i.e., a pn junction region in the body of the
device located and/or configured to reduce electric field
strength at a given applied voltage.
Subclass:
128
Having overlapping sections of different conductive
polarity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
has outer emitter regions which overlap one another in at
least one portion.
Subclass:
129
With means to increase reverse breakdown voltage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
has means associated therewith to increase the reverse
voltage which may be applied without causing electrical
breakdown.
Subclass:
130
Switching speed enhancement means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Subject matter
wherein the bidirectional rectifier with control electrode
includes or is combined with means to increase the speed at
which the device switches.
Subclass:
131
Recombination centers or deep level dopants:
This subclass is indented under subclass 130. Subject matter
wherein the switching speed enhancement means include (1)
centers wherein excess holes and electrons recombine and are
removed as charge carriers in the device or (2) dopant ions
with energy levels that are located in the forbidden band of
the active semiconductor material of the device.
Subclass:
132
Five or more layer unidirectional structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active solid-state device has five
or more layers of semiconductor material producing at least
four active junctions, and is operable in a single electrical
direction.
Subclass:
133
Combined with field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative device includes or is combined with
a field effect transistor, i.e., a transistor in which the
current through a conducting channel is controlled by an
electric field coming from a voltage which is applied between
the gate and source terminals thereof.
Subclass:
134
J-FET (junction field effect transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 133. Subject matter
wherein the field effect transistor combined with the
regenerative action junction type switching device is a
junction field effect transistor, i.e., a field effect
transistor wherein the gate region is isolated from the
conducting channel by a rectifying pn junction or Schottky
barrier junction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
287 for power JFET devices.
504 for JFET type isolation.
Subclass:
135
Vertical (i.e., where the source is located above the drain
or vice versa):
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Subject matter
wherein the operating current path of the JFET is
perpendicular to the plane of its main surface.
Subclass:
136
Enhancement mode (e.g., so-called SITs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 135. Subject matter
in which no current flows except for leakage current, when
the gate to source voltage is zero.
(1) Note. Conduction does not begin until the gate voltage
reaches a finite threshold value.
(2) Note. Compare this with depletion mode J-FETS in which
maximum current is passed by the transistor at a zero gate
potential and current decreases as the gate voltage
increases.
Subclass:
137
Having controllable emitter shunt:
This subclass is indented under subclass 133. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device is combined with a
junction field effect transistor that is connected across an
emitter-base junction of the regenerative device to
controllably divert current from the emitter-base junction.
Subclass:
138
Having gate turn off (GTO) feature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switch is configured to permit
application of sufficient gate current to switch the
regenerative switch to the OFF state.
Subclass:
139
With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 133. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device (e.g., a conductivity modulated FET) includes means to
provide regenerative action without latchup over an extended
current range of the device (i.e., by increasing
I[subscrpt]H[end subscrpt]).
Subclass:
140
Combined with other solid-state active device in integrated
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device is combined
with another solid-state active device in a monolithic single
crystal chip structure.
Subclass:
141
Lateral structure, i.e., current flow parallel to main device
surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device is
structured so that operating current flows parallel to the
main device surface (i.e., horizontally or laterally).
Subclass:
142
Having impurity doping for gain reduction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has
impurity dopant to reduce device regenerative gain, i.e., the
gain or amplification of one or more of the active junction
portions connected in regenerative fashion.
Subclass:
143
Having anode shunt means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has means
connected across the emitter-base junction of the PNP
transistor portion of the regenerative device to controllably
divert current from the emitter-base junction.
Subclass:
144
Cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has a
particular cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature.
Subclass:
145
Low impedance channel contact extends below surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has an
electrical contact extending from the device surface into the
body of the device which is connected to the channel of the
field effect transistor portion and wherein the contact has a
relatively low electrical impedance.
Subclass:
146
Combined with other solid-state active device in integrated
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device is combined with one or more active or passive
electronic solid-state devices in a unitary, monolithic,
integrated structure.
Subclass:
147
With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off
"GTO" device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device includes means to
provide regenerative action without latchup over an extended
current range of the device, i.e., extends I[subscrpt]H[end
subscrpt] as defined in subclass 107.
(1) Note. Another name for this device is a gate controlled
switch.
Subclass:
148
Having impurity doping for gain reduction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has impurity dopant
to reduce device gain of one of the equivalent transistors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
142 for this subject matter in a COMFET device.
Subclass:
149
Having anode shunt means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has means connected
across the emitter-base junction of the PNP transistor
section of the regenerative device to divert current from the
emitter-base junction.
Subclass:
150
With specified housing or external terminal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device is provided with
means to enclose it or a terminal means located external to
an enclosure for the device.
Subclass:
151
External gate terminal structure or composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 150. Subject matter
wherein the external electrical terminal structural features
or material composition is specified.
Subclass:
152
Cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has a
particular cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature.
Subclass:
153
Gate region or electrode feature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 147. Subject matter
wherein the extended latchup current level device has a
particular gate (control) electrode feature.
Subclass:
154
With resistive region connecting separate sections of
device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device has a resistive region or portion connecting discrete
regions of the device.
Subclass:
155
With switching speed enhancement means (e.g., Schottky
contact):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device is provided with means to increase its switching
speed.
Subclass:
156
Having deep level dopants or recombination centers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 155. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative device has deep level dopants or
electron-hole recombination centers with energy levels that
are within the forbidden energy band and widely spaced from
the conduction and valence bands of the semiconductor
device.
Subclass:
157
With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g.,
amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has means to
amplify the control current of the device, which is
physically integrated with the regenerative switching
device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
115 for light activated regenerative devices with trigger
signal amplification.
123 for bidirectional regenerative devices with trigger
signal amplification.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
330, Amplifiers, 250 for semiconductor amplifying devices
(e.g., transistors
Subclass:
158
Three or more amplification stages:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Subject matter
wherein the amplification means has three or more stages of
amplification.
Subclass:
159
Transistor as amplifier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Subject matter
wherein the amplification means is a transistor (i.e., an
active semiconductor device having three or more
electrodes).
Subclass:
160
With distributed amplified current:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative device with amplification means
produces amplified current which is distributed by electrodes
to other portions of the device.
Subclass:
161
With a turn-off diode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 157. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative device with amplification means is
integrally provided with a diode, i.e., a solid-state active
rectifying two terminal device, to bypass the amplifying
stage(s), in order to switch OFF the regenerative device.
Subclass:
162
Lateral structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device has a lateral structure, i.e., one in which the active
junctions are arranged so that electric current flows from
side to side, rather than from top to bottom of the device.
Subclass:
163
Emitter region feature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the active emitter junction region of the
regenerative device has a particular characteristic.
Subclass:
164
Multi-emitter region (e.g., emitter geometry or emitter
ballast resistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 163. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative switching device has more than one
emitter region.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
580 for bipolar transistors with emitter ballast resistors.
Subclass:
165
Laterally symmetric regions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Subject matter
wherein the plural emitters are located in regions of the
device which are symmetrical in a horizontal direction.
Subclass:
166
Radially symmetric regions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 164. Subject matter
wherein the plural emitters are located in regions of the
device which are symmetrical extending radially in a
horizontal direction from a predetermined emitter location.
Subclass:
167
Having at least four external electrodes:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction switching device has
at least four electrodes connected to the outside of the
device.
Subclass:
168
With means to increase breakdown voltage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device includes means to increase the reverse voltage which
the device can sustain without breaking down.
Subclass:
169
High resistivity base layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing breakdown voltage includes a
base (as contrasted with emitter or collector) layer which
has a relatively high electrical resistivity.
Subclass:
170
Surface feature (e.g., guard ring, groove, mesa, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 168. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing breakdown voltage includes a
surface feature (e.g., a guard ring or groove or mesa).
Subclass:
171
Edge feature (e.g., beveled edge):
This subclass is indented under subclass 170. Subject matter
wherein the surface feature for increasing breakdown voltage
is an edge feature (e.g., a beveled) as contrasted with a
right angled edge.
Subclass:
172
With means to lower "ON" voltage drop:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device comprises means to lower the voltage drop across the
main terminals when the switch is operated in the ON mode.
Subclass:
173
Device protection (e.g., from overvoltage):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device includes means for protecting the device from
destructive overloads (e.g., from operating voltage above a
particular threshold level).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 91.1 for
overvoltage protection in safety and protection of systems
and devices.
Subclass:
174
Rate of rise of current (e.g., dI/dt):
This subclass is indented under subclass 173. Subject matter
wherein the parameter for which protection means is provided
is the rate of rise of operating current in the device.
Subclass:
175
With means to control triggering (e.g., gate electrode
configuration, Zener diode firing, dV/Dt control, transient
control by ferrite bead, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device includes means for controlling device turn-on.
(1) Note. Transient electrical phenomena, e.g., damped
oscillations or surges in operation current or voltage
following a sudden change in the applied voltage or current
to the device, may be controlled, for example, by use of
ferrite bead or capacitive input means.
Subclass:
176
Located in an emitter-gate region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 175. Subject matter
wherein the signal control mechanism is a transistor emitter
junction with the gate region, and is used as the gate
input.
Subclass:
177
With housing or external electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Subject matter
wherein the regenerative active junction type switching
device includes a structure in which to place the device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
81 and 82, for a light emitting device in combination with
or constituting a light responsive device, with specific
housing structure.
99 for light emitting device with specific housing
structure.
433 and 434, for light responsive device with housing or
encapsulation means.
573 for Darlington configuration bipolar transistor
structure with housing or contact structure.
584 for enlarged emitter device bipolar transistor means
having housing or contact.
602 for a voltage variable capacitance device with specified
housing or contact.
660 for means to shield a device contained in a housing.
Subclass:
178
With means to avoid stress between electrode and active
device (e.g., thermal expansion matching of electrode to
semiconductor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 177. Subject matter
wherein the device has electrode means connected to its
terminals and is further provided with means to avoid
creation of stress between the active device and the
electrode means.
(1) Note. The means to avoid such stress may include means
to thermally match the electrode to the semiconductor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
439, Electrical Connectors, 449 for stress relief means for
a conductor-to-terminal joint.
Subclass:
179
With malleable electrode (e.g., silver electrode layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 178. Subject matter
wherein the electrode means is soft and pliable.
Subclass:
180
Stud mount:
This subclass is indented under subclass 177. Subject matter
wherein the housing is provided with a threaded or serrated
insert or post used for connecting heat sinks or terminals to
the device.
Subclass:
181
With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with
opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by
an insulating element, (e.g., ring):
This subclass is indented under subclass 177. Subject matter
wherein the housing is provided with large area flexible
electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active
semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element
(e.g., ring).
Subclass:
182
With lead feedthrough means on side of housing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 181. Subject matter
wherein means are provided on a side of the housing through
which electrical leads extending to or from the device can be
located.
Subclass:
183
HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device contains
a heterojunction, i.e., a boundary between different regions,
one of which is made of a material that differs from that of
the other region.
(1) Note. See illustration, below, for an example of a
heterojunction bipolar transistor. [figure]
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
10 and 11, for a heterojunction involving a low workfunction
layer for electron emission.
12 through 27, for heterojunction devices which involve
quantum well, superlattice or ballistic (hot carrier)
transport devices.
51 for a non-single crystal material/monocrystal
heterojunction device.
85 for a light emitting structure device combined with a
light responsive device in an integrated structure wherein
the light responsive device has a heterojunction.
90 for plural light emitting heterojunction devices.
94 through 97, for heterojunction light emitter structures.
193 for a heterojunction charge transfer device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
372, Coherent Light Generators, subclasses 43-50 for
semiconductor lasers which may contain heterojunctions.
Subclass:
183.1
Charge transfer device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
in which storage sites for packets of electric charge are
induced at or below the surface of the active solid-state
(semiconductor) device by an electric field applied to the
device and wherein carrier potential energy per unit charge
minima is established at a given storage site and such minima
is transferred to one or more adjacent storage sites in a
serial manner and which contains a junction between two
semiconductor materials of different chemical compositions
each different composition having a different carrier
affinity.
(1) Note. Typically, heterojunctions are between materials
which additionally have different band gaps, but that is not
true of all heterojunctions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
215 for charge transfer devices which do not involve
heterojunctions.
Subclass:
184
Light responsive structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction generates an electrical output
when light impinges on it.
Subclass:
185
Staircase (including graded composition) device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Subject matter
wherein the active region contains a number of layers forming
plural heterojunctions and the carrier (i.e., electron or
hole) affinities of each layer incrementally increase or
decrease progressively across the active region thickness, so
that the energy level diagram of the active region, when
under electrical bias, resembles a staircase.
(1) Note. Staircase effect devices may also be provided
with a graded composition, i.e., wherein the chemical
composition of the semiconductor forming the heterojunction
varies in a direction either perpendicular or parallel to the
junction.
(2) Note. See illustration, below, for an example of a
staircase bandgap. [figure]
Subclass:
186
Avalanche photodetection structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Subject matter
wherein carriers generated in the active region of the device
in response to light incident thereupon, achieve enough
kinetic energy to knock further carriers from the crystalline
lattice of the active region producing an avalanche or
snowball increase in operating current level.
(1) Note. Avalanche photodetector devices may have bipolar
transistor structure, i.e., wherein the heterojunction device
has three terminals - an emitter, a collector and a base, the
operating current comprising both positive and negative
electrical charges.
Subclass:
187
Having transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Subject matter
wherein the light responsive heterojunction device has three
terminals - an emitter, collector, and a base; a source,
drain, and gate; or a hybrid combination of each, which can
provide gain or can be used as a switch.
Subclass:
188
Having narrow energy band gap (<<1eV) layer (e.g., PbSnTe,
HgCdTe, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Subject matter
wherein the light responsive device contains a narrow energy
band gap (<<1eV) layer (e.g., PbSnTe or HgCdTe).
Subclass:
189
Layer is a group III-V semiconductor compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 188. Subject matter
wherein the narrow energy band gap layer is a semiconductor
compound made of one element taken from periodic table group
III elements and another element taken from periodic table
group V elements.
Subclass:
190
With lattice constant mismatch (e.g., with buffer layer to
accommodate mismatch):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the materials that form the
heterojunction has a crystalline lattice constant which is
made to differ from the lattice constant of the other
material which forms the heterojunction.
(1) Note. Typically, lattice mismatches are sought to be
avoided. However, sometimes they are desired, as for example,
when the resulting strain favorably affects the properties of
the strained semiconductor.
(2) Note. A buffer layer may be provided to accommodate a
lattice mismatch, i.e., a layer of material which
mechanically separates the layers which have different
lattice constants.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
18 for strained layer heterojunctions in a superlattice.
Subclass:
191
Having graded composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the chemical composition of the semiconductor forming
the heterojunction varies continuously in a direction either
perpendicular or parallel to the junction.
Subclass:
192
Field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction is part of a field effect
transistor, i.e., wherein the current through the active
heterojunction is controlled by a voltage applied between
gate and source terminals of the device.
Subclass:
194
Doping on side of heterojunction with lower carrier affinity
(e.g., high electron mobility transistor (HEMT)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction field effect transistor has
impurity dopant on the side of the heterojunction with lower
affinity for the charge carriers (holes or electrons)
supplied by the dopant, so that the charge carriers spill
over the heterojunction into the side with higher carrier
affinity.
(1) Note. Typically, the spilled over charge carriers
constitute the conductive channel connecting the source and
drain electrodes.
(2) Note. Such devices may be provided with a channel layer
of semiconductor material other than group III-V compound
semiconductor (e.g., IV-VI compound semiconductor, germanium
semiconductor, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
12 through 27, for other closely related quantum well and
ballistic transport field effect devices.
Subclass:
195
Combined with diverse type device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 194. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction field effect transistor with
impurity dopant on the side of the heterojunction with lower
affinity for the charge carriers supplied by the dopant is
combined with another electronic device.
(1) Note. Typical diverse devises include complementary
field effect transistors, i.e., a field effect transistor of
opposite conductivity type to the heterojunction field effect
transistor; and field effect transistors of different
threshold voltages (e.g., enhancement and depletion HEMTs in
same integrated circuit).
Subclass:
196
Both semiconductors of the heterojunction are the same
conductivity type (i.e., either n or p):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor materials which define the
heterojunction are of the same conductivity type (e.g., both
p or both n).
Subclass:
197
Bipolar transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction is part of a bipolar transistor,
i.e., a transistor structure whose working current passes
through semiconductor material of both polarities (p and n)
which form a heterojunction portion of the transistor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 312 for methods of forming a heterojunction
bipolar transistor.
Subclass:
198
Wide band gap emitter:
This subclass is indented under subclass 197. Subject matter
wherein the bipolar transistor with an active heterojunction
region involves a charge carrier emitter region made of a
semiconductor material having an energy gap between its
conduction and valence bands which is greater than the energy
gap of the base region forming a heterojunction therewith.
Subclass:
199
Avalanche diode (e.g., so-called "Zener" diode having
breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts, including
heterojunction IMPATT type microwave diodes):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction device is a diode in which
conduction under reverse bias conditions is caused by
avalanche breakdown at an applied voltage greater than 6
volts.
(1) Note. One example of such a device is a microwave
transit time device (e.g., IMPATT diode).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
481 for a Schottky barrier avalanche diode.
551 for an avalanche diode used as a voltage reference
element combined with pn junction isolation means in an
integrated circuit.
603 through 606, for avalanche diodes not classified above
those subclasses in this schedule, i.e., not involving a
heterojunction in a non-charge transfer device, or a Schottky
barrier, or one used as a voltage reference element with pn
junction isolation means in an integrated circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
331, Oscillators, 107 for solid-state active element
oscillators.
Subclass:
200
Heterojunction formed between semiconductor materials which
differ in that they belong to different periodic table groups
(e.g., Ge (group IV) - GaAs (group III-V) or InP (group
III-V) - CdTe (group II-VI)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction is formed between semiconductor
materials which differ in that they belong to different
periodic table groups (e.g., Ge (group IV) - GaAs (group
III-V) or InP (group III-V) - CdTe (group II-VI)).
Subclass:
201
Between different group IV-VI or II-VI or III-V compounds
other than GaAs/GaAlAs:
This subclass is indented under subclass 183. Subject matter
wherein the heterojunction forms a boundary between different
group IV-VI or group II-VI or group III-V compounds other
than GaAs/GaAlAs.
Subclass:
202
GATE ARRAYS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter comprising a repeating geometric arrangement
of individual structural units of solid-state devices, the
solid-state devices of each individual structural unit being
connectable into various different types of logic circuits in
one integrated, monolithic chip.
(1) Note. The significant distinction between a "gate
array" and other arrays of active solid state devices, such
as read-only memories (ROMs), and programmable logic arrays
(PLAs), is that the solid-state devices of each individual
structural of a "gate array" can be connected into various
different types of logic circuits, whereas in a ROM or PLA,
each of the individual structural units is configured so that
they must be connected into the same type of logic circuit
(e.g., wherein all individual structural units are connected
as NOR gates).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 128 for methods of forming an array of devices
upon a semiconductor substrate and selectively
interconnecting the same.
Subclass:
203
With particular chip input/output means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the gate array integrated circuit is provided with
specific means to input and output electrical signals to
operate the device.
(1) Note. Examples of particular chip input/output means
include (a) interface circuits, i.e., circuits that connect
the chip to another device or to a circuit and which produces
necessary current and voltage characteristics for the
interconnected devices and circuits to function properly,
with particular active solid-state devices used in the
interface circuits; (b) structure permitting electrical
interconnection to either receive an input signal or to
output an output signal; or (c) specific bonding pad or
electrode configurations (i.e., wherein the input/output
means includes a particular electrically conductive surface
to which electrical interconnecting element (e.g., electrical
leads) can be connected, or has a specified electrode
configuration such as a power supply bus for the input/output
means separate from those used to power the gate array
devices.
Subclass:
204
Having specific type of active device (e.g., CMOS):
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the gate array is adapted to use a particular type of
solid-state electronic device, e.g., complementary metal
oxide semiconductor device (CMOS).
Subclass:
205
With bipolar transistors or with FETs of only one channel
conductivity type (e.g., enhancement-depletion FETs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the specific type of active device comprises bipolar
transistors or FETs of only one channel conductivity type
(i.e, field effect transistors that can be used in the
enhancement or depletion mode of operation, e.g., IGFETS).
Subclass:
206
Particular layout of complementary FETs with regard to each
other:
This subclass is indented under subclass 204. Subject matter
wherein the CMOS device includes a plurality of CMOS field
effect transistors specifically arranged with regard to each
other.
Subclass:
207
With particular power supply distribution means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the gate array is provided with specific means to
provide electrical power to the array.
Subclass:
208
With particular signal path connections:
This subclass is indented under subclass 202. Subject matter
wherein the gate array is provided with specific signal path
connections.
Subclass:
209
Programmable signal paths (e.g., with fuse elements, laser
programmable, etc):
This subclass is indented under subclass 208. Subject matter
wherein the gate array is provided with means (e.g., fuse
elements or laser beam irradiation) to program the selection
of signal paths in the array.
Subclass:
210
With wiring channel area:
This subclass is indented under subclass 208. Subject matter
wherein the signal paths in the array are located in an area
separate from the active devices forming the elements of the
array.
Subclass:
211
Multi-level metallization:
This subclass is indented under subclass 208. Subject matter
wherein the particular signal path connections include more
than one layer of conductive metal deposited on a substrate.
(1) Note. The multilayer metallization may include a layer
of material made up of silicon in polycrystalline form or a
silicide compound.
Subclass:
212
CONDUCTIVITY MODULATION DEVICE (E.G., UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR,
DOUBLE-BASE DIODE, CONDUCTIVITY-MODULATED TRANSISTOR):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device has a
high resistivity semiconductor region of one conductivity
type having a region of opposite conductivity type forming a
pn junction with a central portion of the high resistivity
layer, with structural means provided to forward bias the pn
junction to inject minority carriers into the high
resistivity region to increase its conductivity through
conductivity modulation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, subclass 397 and 402 for a delay
controlled switch using a unijunction transistor and having a
variable or fixed delay respectively; subclasses 438+ for
gating circuits utilizing a unijunction transistor, and
subclass 569 for a miscellaneous circuit which utilizes a
unijunction transistor.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
91.3 for overvoltage protection with time delay, and
subclass 198 for time delay with unijunction devices.
388, Electricity: Motor Control Systems, subclass 919 for
unijunction transistor circuit trigger control means.
Subclass:
213
FIELD EFFECT DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter comprising a field effect transistor, in which
the density of electrical charge (electrons or holes) in a
semiconductor region is controlled by a voltage applied to an
adjacent region or electrode which in operation is prevented
from conducting direct electrical current to or from the
semiconductor region by an insulator or barrier region.
(1) Note. The conduction of current in a field effect
device is along a path called a channel.
(2) Note. See Illustration, below, for various types of
field effect devices. [figure]
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
331, Oscillators, subclass 116 and 117 for field effect
transistor oscillator active elements.
341, Coded Data Generation or Conversion, subclass 136 for
analog to or from digital conversion devices with a field
effect transistor.
Subclass:
214
Charge injection device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device is a device in which storage
sites for packets of electric charge are induced at or below
the surface of the active solid-state (semiconductor) device
by an electric field applied to the device and wherein
carrier potential energy per unit charge minima are
established at a given storage site and such charge packets
are injected into the device substrate or into a data bus.
(1) Note. This type device differs from a charge transfer
device in that, in the latter, charge is transferred to
adjacent charge storage sites in a serial manner whereas in
the former, the charge is injected in a non-serial manner to
the device substrate or a data bus.
Subclass:
215
Charge transfer device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
in which storage sites for packets of electric charge are
induced at or below the surface of the active solid-state
(semiconductor) device by an electric field applied to the
device and wherein carrier potential energy per unit charge
minima are established at a given storage site and such
minima are transferred to one or more adjacent storage sites
in a serial manner.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
193 for heterojunction type charge transfer devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
60 for methods of making a photo-responsive semiconductor
integrated circuit having a charge transfer device combined
with another electrical device, subclasses 75+ for methods of
making a photoresponsive charge transfer device, and
subclasses 144+ for methods of making a charge transfer
device.
Subclass:
216
Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or
peristaltic):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the transfer is by majority carriers of the
semiconductor material, i.e., by electrons in n-type
semiconductor material, and is by holes in p-type
semiconductor material.
Subclass:
217
Having a conductive means in direct contact with channel
(e.g., non-insulated gate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter
wherein an electrical conductor (e.g., electrode) directly
contacts the channel region of the charge transfer device
(e.g., a non-insulated gate (control) electrode).
(1) Note. The conductive means in direct contact with the
channel may be directly connected to the substrate.
(2) Note. The conductive means in direct contact with the
channel may be made of metal, forming a Schottky contact with
the semiconductor channel material, i.e., a
metal-semiconductor junction.
Subclass:
218
High resistivity channel (e.g., accumulation mode) or surface
channel (e.g., transfer of signal charge occurs at the
surface of the semiconductor) or minority carriers at input
(i.e., surface channel input):
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter
wherein the majority signal carrier charge transfer device
has a channel made of relatively high electrical resistivity
material, or where the transfer of signal charge takes place
at the surface of the semiconductor, or where minority charge
carriers are input into a surface channel, but majority
carriers are input into the bulk or buried channel portion of
the device.
Subclass:
219
Impurity concentration variation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter
wherein the majority signal carrier charge transfer device
contains impurity dopant ions which vary in terms of
concentration in all or part of the channel of the device.
(1) Note. The impurity dopant ion concentration may vary
across the channel and channel substrate interface.
Subclass:
220
Vertically within channel (e.g., profiled):
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter
wherein the impurity dopant ion concentration in the channel
of the device varies across the channel in a direction
perpendicular to a main surface of the device, regardless of
the orientation of the channel (e.g., parallel or
perpendicular to a main surface of the device).
Subclass:
221
Along the length of the channel (e.g., doping variations for
transfer directionality):
This subclass is indented under subclass 219. Subject matter
wherein the impurity dopant ion concentration in the channel
of the device varies along the length of the channel, whether
the channel is horizontally or vertically oriented.
Subclass:
222
Responsive to non-electrical external signal (e.g., imager):
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter
wherein the majority signal carrier charge transfer device
transfers charge from one charge storage device to another in
response to a non-electric signal (e.g., light, pressure,
etc.).
Subclass:
223
Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., antiblooming
drain):
This subclass is indented under subclass 222. Subject matter
wherein the non-external signal responsive device includes
structural means, e.g., a drain element which reduces or
eliminates optical blooming to improve the signal generated
by the device in response to the non-electrical input
signal.
Subclass:
224
Channel confinement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 216. Subject matter
wherein the majority carrier charge transfer device has means
to restrict the dimensions of the thin semiconductor
conductive path region (charge transfer channel) between the
source and drain of the device.
Subclass:
225
Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive
imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as
a read-only memory, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the means that creates charge to be transferred is
non-electrical (e.g., light).
Subclass:
226
Sensor element and charge transfer device are of different
materials or on different substrates (e.g., "hybrid "):
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein charge carriers generated in response to the
non-electrical input are generated in material which is
different than, or is located on a different substrate than,
the semiconductor material that contains the charge carrier
storage sites.
Subclass:
227
With specified dopant (e.g., photoionizable, "extrinsic"
detectors for infrared):
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical responsive device contains
specific impurity dopants.
Subclass:
228
Light responsive, back illuminated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical input responsive device has two
major opposed surfaces, the channel containing the charge
carrier storage sites being at or below one surface, and
wherein the device is responsive to light which is incident
on the other major surface.
Subclass:
229
Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., exposure
control structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical input responsive device contains
structural means to improve the electrical signal it
generates in response to the non-electrical input signal.
(1) Note. The structural means to improve the output signal
may control the amount of charge generated by light incident
on the device which is transferred as output signal charge.
Subclass:
230
With blooming suppression structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 229. Subject matter
wherein the structural means to improve the output signal
prevents spill over of a large amount of signal charge
generated at a storage site which receives a non-electrical
input signal of very high intensity to adjacent storage
sites.
(1) Note. The antiblooming suppression structure may
include a drain structure for removing charge from storage
sites.
(2) Note. The antiblooming drain structure may be located
in the device beneath storage sites rather than on its
surface.
Subclass:
231
2-dimensional area architecture:
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein the device has a plurality of non-electrical input
responsive means spread out over a two dimensional area,
e.g., a matrix or array of such means.
(1) Note. One 2-dimensional architecture area may be
provided for light imaging elements and a separate
2-dimensional architecture area may be provided for
electrical signal storage elements.
(2) Note. The imaging element sites may also be charge
transfer storage sites (e.g., frame transfer imaging
device).
Subclass:
232
Having alternating strips of sensor structures and register
structures (e.g., interline imager):
This subclass is indented under subclass 231. Subject matter
wherein the 2-dimensional area architecture has alternate
strips of sensor structures and charge transfer channels.
Subclass:
233
Sensors not overlaid by electrode (e.g., photodiodes):
This subclass is indented under subclass 232. Subject matter
wherein the light responsive sensor elements do not have an
electrode overlying them.
Subclass:
234
Single strip of sensors (e.g., linear imager):
This subclass is indented under subclass 225. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical input responsive device is in the
form of a line of individual sensors.
(1) Note. The single strip of sensors may be combined with
a structure forming readout registers, i.e., short term
storage devices for accumulating charge packets generated by
the sensors and for transferring charge packets to an
amplifier or output device, and wherein the sensors are
placed adjacent to the readout register structure.
(2) Note. The device may have plural readout register
structures.
Subclass:
235
Electrical input:
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the input to the charge transfer device to create the
charge to be transferred is an electrical signal.
Subclass:
236
Signal applied to field effect electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 235. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to apply an electrical signal to an
electrode which has an electrical potential barrier between
the electrode and the semiconductor material of the device
(e.g., a MOS dielectric or Schottky contact or reverse-biased
junction), as contrasted with an ohmic electrical contact to
the semiconductor.
Subclass:
237
Charge-presetting/linear input type (e.g., fill and spill):
This subclass is indented under subclass 236. Subject matter
wherein means is provided for the input signal to form a
potential well, overfill it, drain away the excess charge and
input the preset charge in the potential well into the
channel.
Subclass:
238
Input signal responsive to signal charge in charge transfer
device (e.g., regeneration or feedback):
This subclass is indented under subclass 235. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to take charge from the output of a
charge transfer device and put it back into the input
electrode thereof or into the input electrode of a second
charge transfer device.
Subclass:
239
Signal charge detection type (e.g., floating diffusion or
floating gate non-destructive output):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to detect the amount of charge
being transferred in the device.
(1) Note. The charge being transferred may be measured
without destroying the charge, i.e., the charge packet
remains intact.
(2) Note. The charge transfer device may have a region
diffused with impurity ions not electrically connected to
ground to detect the magnitude of charge being transferred in
the device and to output a signal proportional to that sensed
charge. This is known as a floating diffusion output device.
One example of such a device is a floating diffusion
amplifier (FDA).
(3) Note. The charge transfer device may have a control
electrode not electrically connected to ground to detect the
magnitude of charge being transferred in the device and to
output a signal proportional to that sensed charge. This
type device is known as a floating gate output device. One
example of such a device is a floating gate amplifier (FGA).
Devices with plural floating gate outputs include distributed
floating gate amplifiers (DFGA).
Subclass:
240
Changing width or direction of channel (e.g., meandering
channel):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the charge transfer path region changes its width or
direction throughout all or part of the distance from source
to drain electrode.
Subclass:
241
Multiple channels (e.g., converging or diverging or parallel
channels):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the charge transfer device contains more than one
channel for charge transfer path.
(1) Note. The channels may converge or diverge, i.e., they
are not parallel to each other, but change direction either
toward or away from each other along their length.
(2) Note. In such devices, the charge transfer path may lie
in two different (e.g., orthogonal) directions.
(3) Note. The device may include two or more parallel
channels (e.g., serial- parallel-serial) wherein the charge
transfer takes place in different directions, but the device
includes charge transfer paths that are parallel to each
other.
Subclass:
242
Vertical charge transfer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the charge transfer device is provided with structure
for vertical charge transfer perpendicular to a main device
surface.
Subclass:
243
Channel confinement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
containing means (e.g., pn junctions or dielectric layers) to
restrict the boundaries of the charge transfer path through
the device.
(1) Note. Typical channel confinement means include use of
(a) an electrically insulating medium; (b) a layer of silicon
polymer material (polysilicon) used to reduce electric field
interaction with charge to be transferred via the channel; or
(c) an impurity ion located in the device substrate, i.e., in
the material on which the device is fabricated (e.g., an
implanted channel stop).
Subclass:
244
Comprising a groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein a surface of the device includes an elongated
indentation.
(1) Note. The location of the groove relative to the charge
storage sites of the device is deliberately not specified in
this definition.
Subclass:
245
Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g.,
resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
including structure (e.g., electrodes) for applying
electrical energy into the device.
(1) Note. Structure for applying electrical energy into the
device is typically an electrode with a relatively high
electrical resistance value.
Subclass:
246
Phase structure (e.g., doping variations to provide asymmetry
for 2-phase operation; more than four phases or "electrode
per bit"):
This subclass is indented under subclass 245. Subject matter
including a plurality of gate regions or doping variation
regions to permit unidirectional charge packet transfer by
symmetrical or unsymmetrically phased electrical control
signals applied to the device gate or gates.
(1) Note. The phase structure may be multiphase (e.g.,
3-phase or 4-phase), i.e., with three sets or four sets of
electrodes, respectively.
(2) Note. Search subclass 249, below, for 2-phase structure
devices.
(3) Note. Means may also be provided to generate a
traveling wave of non-electrical energy (e.g., acoustic
energy) in the device.
Subclass:
247
Uniphase or virtual phase structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter
wherein the device has one set of gates (control electrodes)
or virtual phase structure.
Subclass:
248
2-phase:
This subclass is indented under subclass 246. Subject matter
wherein the device has two sets of gate electrodes.
Subclass:
249
Electrode structures or materials:
This subclass is indented under subclass 245. Subject matter
wherein the charge transfer device is provided with specified
electrode structures or materials to apply electric field
into the device.
Subclass:
250
Plural gate levels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 249. Subject matter
wherein the electrode structures include more than one level
of gate electrodes relative to a main surface of the device.
Subclass:
251
Substantially incomplete signal charge transfer (e.g., bucket
brigade):
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Subject matter
wherein the charge transferred is less than the entire charge
stored in the storage site from which it originates.
Subclass:
252
Responsive to non-optical, non-electrical signal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
which produces an electrical output in response to an input
which is other than optical or electrical.
Subclass:
253
Chemical (e.g., ISFET, CHEMFET):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252. Subject matter
wherein the input is a chemical reaction or the presence of a
particular chemical in close proximity to the field effect
device.
Subclass:
254
Physical deformation (e.g., strain sensor, acoustic wave
detector):
This subclass is indented under subclass 252. Subject matter
wherein the input is a physical deformation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
416 for acoustic wave responsive devices, generally.
Subclass:
255
With current flow along specified crystal axis (e.g., axis of
maximum carrier mobility):
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device employs current flow along a
specified crystal axis, such as a (100) axis or a (311)
axis.
Subclass:
256
Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device is a junction field effect
transistor, i.e., in which current flow through a thin
channel of semiconductor material is controlled by an
electric field applied to a control region or electrode in
rectifying contact (i.e., a pn junction or Schottky barrier
junction) with the semiconductor material of the channel, so
that the depletion region extending into the channel from the
rectifying contact reduces the thickness of the undepleted
portion of the channel to reduce the current flow through the
channel.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 167 for methods of forming a Schottky gate
field effect device and subclasses 186+ for methods of
forming a junction gate field effect device.
Subclass:
257
Light responsive or combined with light responsive device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
wherein the JFET generates an electrical signal when light
energy is incident upon it or is combined with a light
responsive device.
Subclass:
258
In imaging array:
This subclass is indented under subclass 257. Subject matter
wherein a plurality of light responsive JFETs or JFETs
combined with a light responsive device are in the form of a
one or two dimensional array (e.g., line or area array) for
forming an image of an object, light from which is incident
upon the array.
Subclass:
259
Elongated active region acts as transmission line or
distributed active element (e.g., "transmission line" field
effect transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including at least one elongated active region (source, gate,
or drain) which transmits or distributes charge carriers.
(1) Note. When the impedance of an element at the operating
frequency is due primarily to the parameters of the element
itself, and in considering the inductance, capacitance, and
resistance of the element they must be considered as mixed
together and spread out along the element rather than being
considered as separate discrete lumps or components as in the
case of simple series and parallel circuits, the element may
be said to have distributed parameters.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
333, Wave Transmission Lines and Networks, appropriate
subclasses for transmission lines or distributed elements,
per se.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 167 for methods of forming a Schottky gate
field effect device and subclasses 186+ for methods of
forming a junction gate field effect device.
Subclass:
260
Same channel controlled by both junction and insulated gate
electrodes, or by both Schottky barrier and pn junction gates
(e.g., "taper isolated" memory cell):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including plural gate electrodes or regions, at least one of
which is isolated from the channel by a rectifying junction
and at least another of which is isolated from the channel by
an insulating layer therebetween, or wherein one rectifying
junction may be a metal-to-semiconductor (Schottky) type and
the other a pn junction.
(1) Note. In such devices, the junction gate region may be
free of direct electrical connection (e.g., "taper isolated"
memory cell), i.e., wherein the JFET has at least one gate
electrode region which is isolated from the channel by a
rectifying junction and is not directly provided with an
electrical connection or terminal.
Subclass:
261
Junction gate region free of direct electrical connection
(e.g., floating junction gate memory cell structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including at least one gate electrode region which is
isolated from the channel by a rectifying junction and is not
directly provided with an electrical connection or terminal.
(1) Note. This type of gate is a floating junction gate, as
contrasted with a floating insulated gate.
(2) Note. See this class, subclass 315, for floating
insulated gate field effect devices.
(3) Note. The floating gate region may capacitively store
electrical charge and be used as a memory element.
Subclass:
262
Combined with insulated gate field effect transistor
(IGFET):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including a field effect transistor having a gate (control)
electrode which is electrically insulated from the channel
and other electrodes of the transistor.
(1) Note. The combined JFET and IGFET may be electrically
connected so that the source or drain electrode of one FET is
connected to the gate electrode of the other FET.
Subclass:
263
Vertical controlled current path:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
wherein the operating current of the JFET has a path
perpendicular to a main surface of the JFET and is controlled
by the gate electrode of the device.
Subclass:
264
Enhancement mode or with high resistivity channel (e.g.,
doping of 10[supscrpt]15[end supscrpt]cm[supscrpt]-3[end
supscrpt] or less):
This subclass is indented under subclass 263. Subject matter
wherein an increase in the magnitude of the gate bias voltage
increases the operating current, only leakage current flows
when the gate voltage is zero, and conduction does not begin
until the gate voltage reaches a threshold value; or the JFET
has a channel made of relatively high electrical resistivity,
e.g., due to doping with impurity ions of 10[supscrpt]15[end
supscrpt] cm[supscrpt]-3 [end supscrpt]or less.
Subclass:
265
In integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 263. Subject matter
in a single monolithic semiconductor chip with other active
and/or passive devices.
Subclass:
266
With multiple parallel current paths (e.g., grid gate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 263. Subject matter
having plural paths for operating current flow, each of which
is parallel with the other paths (e.g., having a gate
electrode in the form of a matrix or grid).
Subclass:
267
With Schottky barrier gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 266. Subject matter
including a gate which is formed by a metal to semiconductor
rectifying junction.
Subclass:
268
Enhancement mode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
wherein an increase in the magnitude of the gate bias voltage
increases the operating current, only leakage current flows
when the gate voltage is zero, and conduction does not begin
until the gate voltage reaches a threshold value.
Subclass:
269
With means to adjust barrier height (e.g., doping profile):
This subclass is indented under subclass 268. Subject matter
including means to adjust the electronic height of the
Schottky barrier gate junction, e.g., a profiled impurity
dopant concentration.
Subclass:
270
Plural, separately connected, gates control same channel
region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including more than one gate region or portion to control the
same channel region, the regions being provided with separate
electrical connections.
Subclass:
271
Load element or constant current source (e.g., with source to
gate connection):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
structured to function as an electrical load element or a
source of constant current, e.g., with a source to gate
electrical connection.
Subclass:
272
Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
located in a single monolithic semiconductor chip with other
active and/or passive devices.
Subclass:
273
With bipolar device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272. Subject matter
located in an integrated circuit with a device which operates
using both positive and negative charge carriers.
(1) Note. An active solid-state electronic device that
contains both bipolar and field effect transistors may be
referred to as a BI-FET device.
Subclass:
274
Complementary junction field effect transistors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 272. Subject matter
which is located in and integrated with an opposite
conductivity type JFET, i.e., an N channel JFET together with
a P channel JFET.
Subclass:
275
Microwave integrated circuit (e.g., microstrip type):
This subclass is indented under subclass 272. Subject matter
structured to operate at microwave frequencies in an
integrated circuit containing microwave components (e.g.,
microstrip transmission lines).
Subclass:
276
With contact or heat sink extending through hole in
semiconductor substrate, or with electrode suspended over
substrate (e.g., air bridge):
This subclass is indented under subclass 275. Subject matter
containing a hole in the semiconductor substrate and an
electrical contact or a heat dissipation means extending
through the hole.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
522 for integrated circuit devices employing air isolation.
Subclass:
277
With capacitive or inductive elements:
This subclass is indented under subclass 275. Subject matter
having passive elements with electrical inductance or
capacitance.
Subclass:
278
With devices vertically spaced in different layers of
semiconductor material (e.g., "3-dimensional" integrated
circuit):
Subject matter under 272 wherein the JFET and other active
and/or passive devices in that chip are located in mutually
perpendicular planes in different layers of semiconductor
device material.
Subclass:
279
Pn junction gate in compound semiconductor material (e.g.,
GaAs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including a pn junction gate formed in a semiconductor
material that is a compound, e.g., GaAs, as contrasted to an
elemental semiconductor such as silicon or germanium.
Subclass:
280
With Schottky gate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including a metal to semiconductor rectifying (i.e., Schottky
barrier) gate electrode.
(1) Note. A Schottky barrier gate JFET is referred to
commonly as a MESFET (MEtal-Semiconductor field effect
transistor).
Subclass:
281
Schottky gate to silicon semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter
wherein the semiconductor material contacting the gate
electrode material is made of silicon.
Subclass:
282
Gate closely aligned to source region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter
wherein the gate region is closely aligned with the source
region.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
332 346, 387, and 797, for other self-aligned gate devices.
Subclass:
283
With groove or overhang for alignment:
This subclass is indented under subclass 282. Subject matter
wherein the device has a groove or overhang for alignment of
the gate and source regions.
Subclass:
284
Schottky gate in groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 280. Subject matter
wherein the MESFET has a groove in at least one of its
surfaces and the Schottky gate is located therein.
Subclass:
285
With profiled channel dopant concentration or profiled gate
region dopant concentration (e.g., maximum dopant
concentration below surface):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
wherein the JFET has a variable impurity atom dopant
concentration in the channel or gate region, e.g., wherein
the maximum dopant concentration is located below the surface
of the device, in either the channel or gate region.
Subclass:
286
With non-uniform channel thickness or width:
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
wherein the channel has a non-uniform width or thickness
(which lies in a plane perpendicular to both the channel
length and width).
(1) Note. Channel length is measured along a line
connecting the source and drain, while channel width is
measured perpendicular to the length. Both length and width
lie in a plane, parallel to the device surface. See the
illustration, below. [figure]
Subclass:
287
With multiple channels or channel segments connected in
parallel, or with channel much wider than length between
source and drain (e.g., power JFET):
This subclass is indented under subclass 256. Subject matter
including more than one channel or channel segments/portions
which are electrically connected in parallel, or wherein the
device has a channel whose width is much wider than the
channel length, the channel length being the distance between
the source and drain of the JFET.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
134 for JFET devices, in general.
504 for JFET type isolation.
Subclass:
288
Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Subject matter
including an electrode which is electrically insulated from
the active semiconductor region of the device (e.g., a metal
oxide semiconductor insulated electrode).
(1) Note. Typically the insulated electrode is the control
or gate electrode.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 197 for methods of forming an insulated gate
field effect device.
Subclass:
289
Significant semiconductor chemical compound in bulk crystal
(e.g., GaAs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the insulated electrode field effect device contains
a significant semiconductor chemical compound in a bulk (as
contrasted with thin film) crystal (e.g., GaAs).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for bulk effect devices.
Subclass:
290
Light responsive or combined with light responsive device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
which generates an electrical signal when light is incident
on it or is combined with a light responsive device.
Subclass:
291
Imaging array:
This subclass is indented under subclass 290. Subject matter
comprising a one or more dimensional array of light
responsive devices which generate an electronic image of
light from an object incident thereupon.
Subclass:
292
Photodiodes accessed by FETs:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291. Subject matter
comprising light responsive diodes electrically coupled to
field effect transistors.
Subclass:
293
Photoresistors accessed by FETs, or photodetectors separate
from FET chip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291. Subject matter
comprising light responsive resistors coupled to field effect
transistors.
Subclass:
294
With shield, filter, or lens:
This subclass is indented under subclass 291. Subject matter
including means to shield the array from unwanted light, to
filter light incident on the array, or to refract light
incident on the array (e.g., to focus an image of an object
on the array).
Subclass:
295
With ferroelectric material layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
including a layer of material which exhibits a spontaneous
dipole moment.
Subclass:
296
Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor
combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device gate acts as a capacitor (i.e., wherein a
positive potential placed on the gate electrode creates a
negative charge on the other side of the insulator in the
semiconductor material of the device, and vice versa) or the
device is a transistor and it is combined with a capacitor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 239 for methods of forming an insulated gate
field effect transistor combined with a capacitor and
subclasses 386 through 399 for manufacture of a capacitors,
per se, utilizing a semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
297
With means for preventing charge leakage due to minority
carrier generation (e.g., alpha generated soft error
protection or "dark current" leakage protection):
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the device further includes means (1) to prevent
electrical charge in the capacitor or capacitive type
insulated gate region of the transistor to leak therefrom, or
(2) to prevent excess leakage currents across pn junctions
due to generation of minority carriers in the device for
example (a) alpha particles incident on the device or (b)
thermal generation of electron-hole pairs, or (c) minority
carriers injected into the semiconductor substrate by other
devices in the same substrate.
(1) Note. Junctions across which excess leakage is sought
to be prevented typically include (a) the source or drain
junction of an insulated gate field effect transistor or (b)
a connecting BIT line of a memory array which is isolated by
a pn junction from a semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
298
Capacitor for signal storage in combination with non-volatile
storage means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
including a capacitor to store an electrical signal in
combination with charge storage means that can retain the
charge even in the absence of operating power.
Subclass:
299
Structure configured for voltage converter (e.g., charge
pump, substrate bias generator):
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
including structure for use as a voltage converter (e.g., a
device for changing AC to DC or vice versa, or for producing
a negative DC voltage relative to a reference potential from
a positive DC voltage relative to that reference potential).
Subclass:
300
Capacitor coupled to, or forms gate of, insulated gate field
effect transistor (e.g., non-destructive readout dynamic
memory cell structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor is electrically connected to or forms
the gate of an insulated gate field effect transistor
(IGFET), e.g., a non-destructive readout dynamic memory cell
structure in which the charge state of the capacitor may be
read out or determined by the conduction state of the field
effect transistor, without discharging the capacitor in the
readout process.
Subclass:
301
Capacitor in trench:
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor is located in a recess in the
semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
302
Vertical transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 301. Subject matter
combined with a vertical transistor (i.e., one in which the
operating current flow is perpendicular to a main surface of
the device).
Subclass:
303
Stacked capacitor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 301. Subject matter
wherein the trench capacitor device contains a number of
capacitor electrode regions stacked vertically above each
other or wherein the capacitor and the transistor are located
such that one overlies the other.
Subclass:
304
Storage node isolated by dielectric from semiconductor
substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 301. Subject matter
including an electrode upon which the charge varies as an
indication of the memory state of the device (e.g., memory
cell), and wherein the electrode is electrically isolated by
a dielectric material from the semiconductor substrate of the
device.
Subclass:
305
With means to insulate adjacent storage nodes (e.g., channel
stops or field oxide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 301. Subject matter
including means for electrically insulating an electrode upon
which the charge varies as an indication of the memory state
of the device (e.g., a memory cell).
(1) Note. The insulating means may, for example, comprise a
channel stop or a field oxide.
Subclass:
306
Stacked capacitor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor device contains a number of capacitor
electrode regions overlying each other or where the capacitor
and the transistor are located such that one overlies the
other.
Subclass:
307
Parallel interleaved capacitor electrode pairs (e.g.,
interdigitized):
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter
wherein the number of overlying capacitor electrodes is more
than one and the overlapping region of each capacitor
electrode pair is made up of electrodes from one capacitor
interleaved with the electrodes of another capacitor.
Subclass:
308
With capacitor electrodes connection portion located
centrally thereof (e.g., fin electrodes with central post):
This subclass is indented under subclass 307. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor electrodes are connected together at a
centrally located portion thereof, e.g., by a center post.
Subclass:
309
With increased effective electrode surface area (e.g.,
tortuous path, corrugated, or textured electrodes):
This subclass is indented under subclass 306. Subject matter
wherein a capacitor electrode has an increased effective
surface relative to a flat capacitor plate, because of
twists, turns, curves, corrugations, windings or other
surface area increasing features of a capacitor electrode.
Subclass:
310
With high dielectric constant insulator (e.g.,
Ta[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]O[subscrpt]5[end subscrpt]):
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor device includes an insulating element
which has a dielectric constant (e.g., Ta[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt]O[subscrpt]5[end subscrpt]) greater than 7.5, the
dielectric constant of Si[subscrpt]3[end
subscrpt]N[subscrpt]4[end subscrpt].
Subclass:
311
Storage Node isolated by dielectric from semiconductor
substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the device has an electrode upon which the charge
varies as an indication of the memory state of the device
(e.g., memory cell) which electrode is electrically isolated
by a dielectric material from the semiconductor substrate of
the device.
Subclass:
312
Voltage variable capacitor (i. e., capacitance varies with
applied voltage):
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein the device changes its capacitance depending on the
amount of voltage applied thereto.
Subclass:
313
Inversion layer capacitor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 296. Subject matter
wherein one plate of the capacitor device is a layer of
minority carriers opposite in conductivity type to the doping
of the semiconductor which are induced by applied voltage.
Subclass:
314
Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device has a threshold voltage for current
conduction which may be varied (e.g., by storage of charge in
an insulator layer adjacent the channel in response to an
electrical "write" signal).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
239 for a floating gate signal charge detection type charge
transfer device.
261 for a floating gate JFET.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, appropriate
subclass for read/write static storage systems, and 185.01
for predominate structure of floating gate memory storage
(e.g., flash memory), particularly subclass 185.24 for
threshold setting (e.g., conditioning).
Subclass:
315
With floating gate electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter
including a gate electrode which is free of direct electrical
connection.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, appropriate
subclass for read/write static storage systems, and 185.01
for predominate structure of floating gate memory storage
(e.g., flash memory), particularly subclass 185.24 for
threshold setting (e.g., conditioning).
Subclass:
316
With additional contacted control electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 315. Subject matter
including an additional control (gate) electrode that has a
direct electrical contact thereto.
Subclass:
317
With irregularities on electrode to facilitate charging or
discharging of floating electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 316. Subject matter
wherein the floating or additional control (gate) electrode
has physical surface irregularities to facilitate charging or
discharging of the floating gate electrode.
Subclass:
318
Additional control electrode is doped region in semiconductor
substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 316. Subject matter
wherein the additional control (gate) electrode is a specific
region in the semiconductor substrate which is doped with
impurity ions.
Subclass:
319
Plural additional contacted control electrodes:
This subclass is indented under subclass 316. Subject matter
including more than one additional control (gate) electrode.
Subclass:
320
Separate control electrodes for charging and for discharging
floating electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 319. Subject matter
wherein the device has separate control (gate) electrodes for
charging and discharging a floating electrode.
Subclass:
321
With thin insulator region for charging or discharging
floating electrode by quantum mechanical tunneling:
This subclass is indented under subclass 316. Subject matter
including a thin insulator region for charging of discharging
a floating electrode by means of quantum mechanical tunneling
of charge carriers.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
9 through 25, 28, and 30 through 39, for active solid-state
devices involving this discrete layer type of quantum
mechanical tunneling.
Subclass:
322
With charging or discharging by control voltage applied to
source or drain region (e.g., by avalanche breakdown of drain
junction):
This subclass is indented under subclass 316. Subject matter
wherein the variable threshold device is structured to charge
or discharge a floating gate electrode by a control voltage
applied to source or drain region (e.g., by avalanche
breakdown of drain junction).
Subclass:
323
With means to facilitate light erasure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 315. Subject matter
including means to make erasure of the electrical charge
content of the device by light easier (e.g., by providing an
ultraviolet light window layer over the floating gate
electrode to reduce absorption of erasing light).
Subclass:
324
Multiple insulator layers (e.g., MNOS structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 314. Subject matter
including more than one layer of electrically insulating
material (e.g., metal-nitride-oxide (MNOS) semiconductor).
Subclass:
325
Non-homogeneous composition insulator layer (e.g., graded
composition layer or layer with inclusions):
This subclass is indented under subclass 324. Subject matter
wherein at least one layer has a non-homogeneous composition
(e.g., a layer which varies in composition along at least one
dimension thereof, or has inclusions of foreign material
therein).
Subclass:
326
With additional, non-memory control electrode or channel
portion (e.g., accessing field effect transistor structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 324. Subject matter
wherein the multiple insulator layer device has an
additional, non-memory control electrode or channel portion,
for example, for forming an accessing field effect transistor
structure.
Subclass:
327
Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device is an insulated gate field
effect transistor with a short channel (i.e., one wherein the
length of the channel is sufficiently short that the
threshold voltage of the transistor depends on the length of
the channel, or where the channel is specified to be less
than 2 micrometers in length).
Subclass:
328
Vertical channel or double diffused insulated gate field
effect device provided with means to protect against excess
voltage (e.g., gate protection diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET has a vertical current
channel structure or the short channel IGFETs active channel
region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with
distance from source region (e.g., double diffused, DMOS
transistor) and wherein means are provided to protect the
short channel against overvoltages (e.g., a gate insulator
protection diode).
(1) Note. Gate protection diodes in IGFETs in
general may be found in this class, subclass 355, and
indented subclasses.
Subclass:
329
Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g.,
VMOS device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET has a channel portion in
which charge flows in a substantially vertical direction and
wherein the charge flowing therein is controlled by the gate
electrode.
(1) Note. An IGFET's short channel may have horizontal as
well as vertical charge flow portions. This subclass
provides for those devices in which the vertical charge flow
portion, i.e., the portion of the channel in which charge is
flowing substantially in a vertical direction, of the channel
is controlled by the gate.
Subclass:
330
Gate electrode in groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 329. Subject matter
wherein the gate controlled vertical channel device has a
groove located therein and a gate electrode located in the
groove.
Subclass:
331
Plural gate electrodes or grid shaped gate electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter
wherein there is more than one gate electrode located in a
groove or wherein the gate electrode has a grid or mesh type
shape.
Subclass:
332
Gate electrode self-aligned with groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter
wherein the gate electrode is self-aligned with the groove.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
282 283, 346, 387, and 797, for other self-aligned gate
devices.
Subclass:
333
With thick insulator to reduce gate capacitance in
non-channel areas (e.g., thick oxide over source or drain
region):
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter
wherein the device with a gate electrode in a groove is
provided with a thick insulator material layer to reduce gate
capacitance in non-channel areas, e.g., a thick layer of
oxide located over the source or drain region.
Subclass:
334
In integrated circuit structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 330. Subject matter
wherein the device is located in an integrated circuit
structure.
Subclass:
335
Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration
decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double
diffused device, DMOS transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET's active channel region has a
graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from
source region, e.g., double diffused device or a DMOS
transistor.
Subclass:
336
With lightly doped portion of drain region adjacent channel
(e.g., LDD structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET has a
relatively light concentration of dopant in the portion of
the drain region which lies adjacent to the current
conducting channel.
Subclass:
337
In integrated circuit structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET is
contained in a single monolithic chip with other active or
passive solid-state electronic devices.
Subclass:
338
With complementary field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 337. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET is
contained in a single monolithic chip with a field effect
transistor with a polarity type opposite to that of the
graded channel doping short channel IGFET.
Subclass:
339
With means to increase breakdown voltage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET
includes means to increase the voltage that may be applied to
the device without electrical breakdown of the device
occurring.
Subclass:
340
With means (other than self-alignment of the gate electrode)
to decrease gate capacitance (e.g., shield electrode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET has
means (other than self-alignment of the gate electrode)
(e.g., an shielding electrode) to decrease the capacitance of
the gate electrode.
Subclass:
341
Plural sections connected in parallel (e.g., power MOSFET):
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein the graded channel doping short channel IGFET has
more than one section and a plurality of those sections are
connected electrically in parallel (e.g., to form a power
MOSFET).
Subclass:
342
With means to reduce ON resistance:
This subclass is indented under subclass 341. Subject matter
wherein the device further contains means to reduce the
resistance of the device when it is conducting electricity,
i.e., in the ON condition.
Subclass:
343
All contacts on same surface (e.g., lateral structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Subject matter
wherein all electrical contacts of the device are located on
the same external surface of the device, e.g., a lateral
structure device.
Subclass:
344
With lightly doped portion of drain region adjacent channel
(e.g., LDD structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET has a lightly doped portion
of the drain region adjacent channel (e.g., a lightly doped
drain structure).
Subclass:
345
With means to prevent sub-surface currents, or with
non-uniform channel doping:
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET contains means to prevent
current from flowing below the surface of the device.
Subclass:
346
Gate electrode overlaps the source or drain by no more than
depth of source or drain (e.g., self-aligned gate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 327. Subject matter
wherein the short channel IGFET has a gate electrode which
overlaps the source or drain or both by no more than the
thickness of the depth of the source or drain (e.g., a
self-aligned gate).
(1) Note. A self-aligned gate is one which is aligned
between the source and drain via a masking process which uses
the gate material itself to achieve the alignment.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
282 283, 332, 387, and 797, for other self-aligned gate
devices.
Subclass:
347
Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate
(SOI):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the field effect device has a single crystal
semiconductor layer located on a substrate made of
electrically insulating material.
(1) Note. See this class, subclass 49, for active
solid-state devices in non-single crystalline layers which
may be on insulating substrates. See this class, subclass
506, for active devices in single crystal layers which are
dielectrically isolated, but do not include field effect
devices.
(2) Note. Material deposited as polycrystalline or
amorphous and then recrystallized, as by a scanning laser
beam, is considered to be non-single crystalline for purposes
of determining classification between this subclass and
subclass 49, since such recrystallization typically leaves
residual grain boundaries and is thus large grained
polycrystalline material, rather than true single crystal
material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 149 for methods of forming a field effect
transistor on an insulating substrate or layer (e.g., SOS,
SOI, etc.).
Subclass:
348
Depletion mode field effect transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Subject matter
wherein the SOI device is a field effect transistor which
operates in the depletion mode, i.e., a FET which passes
maximum operating current with the gate to source biased to
zero volts.
Subclass:
349
With means (e.g., a buried channel stop layer) to prevent
leakage current along the interface of the semiconductor
layer and the insulating substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Subject matter
wherein the SOI device includes means to prevent undesirable
stray current to flow along the interface between the
semiconductor layer and the insulating substrate.
(1) Note. The means to prevent this stray current may be,
for example, a thin layer of doped semiconductor material for
trapping charge /which would otherwise flow through a channel
in the device.
Subclass:
350
Insulated electrode device is combined with diverse type
device (e.g., complementary MOSFETs, FET with resistor,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Subject matter
wherein the SOI device is combined with a different
solid-state active or passive device, e.g., to form
complementary MOSFETs or a FET combined with a resistor,
etc.
Subclass:
351
Complementary field effect transistor structures only (i.e.,
not including bipolar transistors, resistors, or other
components):
This subclass is indented under subclass 350. Subject matter
wherein the field effect transistor and the diverse type
device are field effect transistors which are complementary
in conductivity type to each other (e.g., provide a CMOS
structure).
Subclass:
352
Substrate is single crystal insulator (e.g., sapphire or
spinel):
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Subject matter
wherein the SOI substrate is a single crystal insulator
(e.g., sapphire or spinel).
Subclass:
353
Single crystal islands of semiconductor layer containing only
one active device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 352. Subject matter
wherein the single crystal insulator SOI substrate contains
single crystal islands of semiconductor material, each island
containing only one active solid-state device.
Subclass:
354
Including means to eliminate island edge effects (e.g.,
insulating filling between islands, or ions in island
edges):
This subclass is indented under subclass 353. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to eliminate deleterious effects
caused by the edges of each island, such means including, for
example, electrically insulating filling between islands, or
channel stop regions located in the edges of islands.
Subclass:
355
With overvoltage protective means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device has means to protect it against applied
voltage which exceeds that which the device can tolerate
before being damaged.
Subclass:
356
For protecting against gate insulator breakdown:
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Subject matter
wherein the overvoltage protection means is structured to
protect against electrical breakdown (shorting) of the gate
insulator.
Subclass:
357
In complementary field effect transistor integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
wherein the device includes complementary field effect
transistors located in a single monolithic chip.
Subclass:
358
Including resistor element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Subject matter
wherein the device includes an electrical resistor.
Subclass:
359
As thin film structure (e.g., polysilicon resistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 358. Subject matter
wherein the resistor is in the form of a thin film resistor
(e.g., a polysilicon resistor).
Subclass:
360
Protection device includes insulated gate transistor
structure (e.g., combined with resistor element):
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
wherein the means for protecting against insulator breakdown
is an insulated gate transistor structure.
Subclass:
361
For operation as bipolar or punchthrough element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 360. Subject matter
wherein the insulated gate transistor structure protection
device is configured to operate as a bipolar transistor or to
conduct by punchthrough of a depletion region from one pn
junction to another pn junction upon application of an
overvoltage.
Subclass:
362
Punchthrough or bipolar element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
wherein the means for protecting against insulator breakdown
is a bipolar device or is configured to conduct by
punchthrough of a depletion region from one pn junction to
another pn junction upon application of an overvoltage.
Subclass:
363
Including resistor element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 356. Subject matter
including an electrical resistive element.
Subclass:
364
With resistive gate electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
including a gate (control) electrode which has high
electrical resistivity.
Subclass:
365
With plural, separately connected, gate electrodes in same
device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device has more than one gate (control)
electrode, in the same device, with separate electrical
connections to the plural gate (control) electrodes.
Subclass:
366
Overlapping gate electrodes:
This subclass is indented under subclass 365. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the plural gate electrodes overlaps
another gate electrode.
Subclass:
367
Insulated gate controlled breakdown of pn junction (e.g.,
field plate diode):
Subject matter under 288 including an electrically insulated
gate electrode which is used to control the voltage applied
to the device to cause breakdown of the pn junction.
Subclass:
368
Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated
circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device is an insulated gate field effect
transistor located in a single monolithic semiconductor chip
circuit.
Subclass:
369
Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device is made up of IGFETs that have opposite
conductivity channels (p-type and n-type).
Subclass:
370
Combined with bipolar transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
including at least one bipolar transistor.
(1) Note. An active solid-state electronic device that
contains both bipolar and field effect transistors may be
referred to as a BI-FET device.
Subclass:
371
Complementary transistors in wells of opposite conductivity
types more heavily doped than the substrate region in which
they are formed, e.g., twin wells:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
wherein the complementary IGFETs are located in wells of
semiconductor material with electrical conductivity opposite
to that of the respective transistors and wherein the wells
contain a higher concentration of dopant ions than the
semiconductor substrate in which they are located (e.g., twin
wells).
Subclass:
372
With means to prevent latchup or parasitic conduction
channels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
including means to prevent conduction between regions of
complementary IGFETs which form a (parasitic) regenerative
structure which remains ON in the absence of a triggering
signal.
(1) Note. For a definition of the regenerative structure of
this subclass type, see subclass 107.
Subclass:
373
With pn junction to collect injected minority carriers to
prevent parasitic bipolar transistor action:
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the means for preventing latchup includes a pn
junction for collecting minority carriers injected into the
device to prevent operation of parasitic bipolar transistors
which are otherwise capable of forming part of a parasitic
regenerative switching structure.
Subclass:
374
Dielectric isolation means (e.g., dielectric layer in
vertical grooves):
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent latchup includes means to
dielectrically isolate the individual IGFETs from each
other.
Subclass:
375
With means to reduce substrate spreading resistance (e.g.,
heavily doped substrate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent latchup includes means to reduce
the electrical resistance of the substrate to reduce voltage
differences between different parts of the substrate due to
currents flowing therethrough.
Subclass:
376
With barrier region of reduced minority carrier lifetime
(e.g., heavily doped P+ region to reduce electron minority
carrier lifetime, or containing deep level impurity or
crystal damage), or with region of high threshold voltage
(e.g., heavily doped channel stop region):
This subclass is indented under subclass 372. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent latchup includes an electrical
barrier region whose minority carrier lifetime is reduced
from its normal value (e.g., by employing heavily doped P+
region to reduce electron minority carrier lifetime, or
contains a deep level impurity or crystal damage) or has a
region of high threshold voltage (e.g., a heavily doped
channel stop region).
Subclass:
377
With polysilicon interconnections to source or drain regions
(e.g., polysilicon laminated with silicide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Subject matter
wherein the device contains electrical interconnections to
the source and/or drain regions of the IGFETs which are made
of polycrystalline silicon (e.g., polysilicon laminated with
a silicide).
Subclass:
378
Combined with bipolar transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the IGFET is combined with a bipolar transistor in a
single semiconductor chip.
(1) Note. An active solid-state electronic device that
contains both bipolar and field effect transistors may be
referred to as a BI-FET device.
Subclass:
379
Combined with passive components (e.g., resistors):
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the IGFET is combined with passive electronic
solid-state devices (e.g., resistors, inductors, transmission
lines, etc.) in the integrated circuit.
Subclass:
380
Polysilicon resistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Subject matter
wherein the device is combined with a resistor made of a
polycrystalline form of silicon.
Subclass:
381
With multiple levels of polycrystalline silicon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Subject matter
wherein the integrated circuit has more than one layer of
polycrystalline silicon.
Subclass:
382
With contact to source or drain region of refractory material
(e.g., polysilicon, tungsten, or silicide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device has an electrical contact to its source
region or drain region wherein the contact is made of a
refractory or platinum group metal, or of other material
which has a melting point above that of the iron group of
metals and which is resistant to heat (e.g., of polysilicon,
tungsten or silicide).
(1) Note. Refractory materials include refractory metals
and platinum group metals which include metals found in
groups IVA, VA, VIA, or VIIIA (other than iron (Fe), nickel
(Ni) or cobalt (Co)) of the periodic table of the elements.
Subclass:
383
Contact of refractory or platinum group metal (e.g.,
molybdenum, tungsten, or titanium):
This subclass is indented under subclass 382. Subject matter
wherein the contact to the source or drain region is made of
a refractory or platinum group metal (e.g., molybdenum,
tungsten, or titanium).
Subclass:
384
Including silicide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 382. Subject matter
wherein the contacts are made of a silicide.
Subclass:
385
Multiple polysilicon layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 382. Subject matter
wherein the refractory material contact to source or drain
region includes more than one layer of polysilicon.
Subclass:
386
With means to reduce parasitic capacitance:
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device contains means to reduce unwanted
capacitance between elements of the field effect transistor.
Subclass:
387
Gate electrode overlaps at least one of source or drain by no
more than depth of source or drain (e.g., self-aligned
gate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 386. Subject matter
wherein the gate electrode overlaps at least one source or
drain by no more than the depth of the source or the drain
(e.g., self-aligned gate).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
282 283, 328, 342, and 794, for other self-aligned gate
devices.
Subclass:
388
Gate electrode consists of refractory or platinum group metal
or silicide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 387. Subject matter
wherein the gate electrode contains only refractory or
platinum group metal (e.g., molybdenum, titanium or tungsten,
or a silicide).
Subclass:
389
With thick insulator over source or drain region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 386. Subject matter
wherein the means to reduce the parasitic capacitance is a
thick insulating material layer located over the source or
drain region.
Subclass:
390
Matrix or array of field effect transistors (e.g., array of
FETs only some of which are completed, or structure for mask
programmed read-only memory (ROM)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the integrated circuit contains a two dimensional
array of IGFETs, only some of which are completed devices, or
the integrated circuit contains structure for a mask
programmed read-only memory device.
Subclass:
391
Selected groups of complete field effect devices having
different threshold voltages (e.g., different channel dopant
concentrations):
This subclass is indented under subclass 390. Subject matter
wherein selected groups of complete IGFETs have different
threshold voltages above which the IGFETs will operate (e.g.,
different IGFETs have different current carrying channel
impurity dopant concentrations).
Subclass:
392
Insulated gate field effect transistors of different
threshold voltages in same integrated circuit (e.g.,
enhancement and depletion mode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the IGFETs have different threshold voltages in the
same integrated circuit (e.g., both enhancement and depletion
mode IGFETs in the same integrated circuit).
Subclass:
393
Insulated gate field effect transistor adapted to function as
load element for switching insulated gate field effect
transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device is configured to function as a load
element for another IGFET which is switched OFF and ON by
signals applied thereto.
Subclass:
394
With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device includes means to prevent the formation of
unwanted parasitic field effect transistor elements.
Subclass:
395
Thick insulator portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent parasitic conduction channels
from forming includes a thick insulator portion.
Subclass:
396
Recessed into semiconductor surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the thick insulator portion is recessed into the
semiconductor device surface.
Subclass:
397
In vertical-walled groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 396. Subject matter
wherein the recessed thick isolator portion is in a groove in
the surface of the overall device which extends perpendicular
to the surface of the overall device.
Subclass:
398
Combined with heavily doped channel stop portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 396. Subject matter
wherein the device is combined with regions of heavy doping
concentration.
Subclass:
399
Combined with heavily doped channel stop portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 395. Subject matter
wherein the device is combined with regions of heavy doping
concentration.
Subclass:
400
With heavily doped channel stop portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent parasitic conduction channels
from forming comprises a region of heavy doping
concentration.
Subclass:
401
With specified physical layout (e.g., ring gate, source/drain
regions shared between plural FETs, plural sections connected
in parallel to form power MOSFET):
This subclass is indented under subclass 368. Subject matter
wherein the device has a specific physical configuration or
layout (e.g., ring gate).
Subclass:
402
With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device includes means for permanently adjusting
the threshold voltage at which the device conducts (e.g.,
depletion mode IGFETs).
Subclass:
403
With channel conductivity dopant same type as that of source
and drain:
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter
wherein the device has a channel which is doped with impurity
dopant to be the same conductivity type (n or p) as the
source and drain.
Subclass:
404
Non-uniform channel doping:
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Subject matter
wherein the dopant concentration varies along at least one
dimension of the channel.
Subclass:
405
With gate insulator containing specified permanent charge:
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter
wherein the device has a gate insulator with a specified
permanent electrostatic charge therein.
Subclass:
406
Plural gate insulator layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 405. Subject matter
wherein the gate insulator is made up of a plurality of gate
insulator layers.
Subclass:
407
With gate electrode of controlled workfunction material
(e.g., low workfunction gate material):
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter
wherein the device has a gate electrode selected to have a
controlled amount of minimum energy needed to be applied
thereto to liberate an electron from its Fermi-level and send
it into free space.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
10 and 11, for low workfunction material layer used for
electron emission.
Subclass:
408
Including lightly doped drain portion adjacent channel (e.g.,
lightly doped drain, LDD device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device includes a drain portion adjacent the
current channel which is lightly doped with impurities.
Subclass:
409
With means to increase breakdown voltage (e.g., field shield
electrode, guard ring, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device has means to increase the voltage that can
be applied to the device without causing electrical breakdown
of the device.
Subclass:
410
Gate insulator includes material (including air or vacuum)
other than SiO[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]:
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the gate electrode insulator includes material other
than silicon dioxide.
Subclass:
411
Composite or layered gate insulator (e.g., mixture such as
silicon oxynitride):
This subclass is indented under subclass 410. Subject matter
wherein the gate insulator is made of a composite material or
layers of different materials.
Subclass:
412
Gate electrode of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon or a
silicide of a refractory or platinum group metal):
This subclass is indented under subclass 288. Subject matter
wherein the device has a gate electrode which is made of a
refractory material (e.g., polysilicon or a silicide of a
metal found in groups IVA, VA, VIA, or VIIIA (other than iron
(Fe), nickel (Ni) or cobalt (Co)) of the periodic table of
the elements.
Subclass:
413
Polysilicon laminated with silicide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 412. Subject matter
wherein the refractory material is a laminate comprising at
least one layer of polysilicon and one layer of a silicide.
Subclass:
414
RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS,
LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device generates an electrical
signal in response to a non-electrical signal (e.g., light,
heat, pressure) incident thereon.
Subclass:
415
Physical deformation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical signal incident upon the active
solid-state device is a force which physically deforms the
device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 50 for methods of forming semiconductor devices
which are responsive to physical deformation.
Subclass:
416
Acoustic wave:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter
wherein the physically deforming force is in the form of a
traveling vibration made up of sound energy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
254 for field effect acoustic wave responsive devices.
Subclass:
417
Strain sensors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter
wherein the physically deforming force is that of an applied
stress.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
254 for field effect strain sensor devices.
Subclass:
418
With means to concentrate stress:
This subclass is indented under subclass 417. Subject matter
wherein the active solid-state device has means to
concentrate the physically deforming stress.
Subclass:
419
With thinned central active portion of semiconductor
surrounded by thick insensitive portion (e.g. diaphragm type
strain gauge):
This subclass is indented under subclass 418. Subject matter
wherein the means to concentrate the physically deforming
stress is a thinned central active portion of semiconductor
surrounded by a thick insensitive portion (e.g., a diaphragm
type strain gauge).
Subclass:
420
Means to reduce sensitivity to physical deformation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 415. Subject matter
wherein the device contains means to reduce the change in
electrical output signal in response to physical deformation
of the active junction.
Subclass:
421
Magnetic field:
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical signal to which the active
solid-state device responds, is a magnetic field.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
108 for regenerative type magnetic field responsive devices
Subclass:
422
With magnetic field directing means (e.g., shield, pole
piece, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein means is provided for directing a magnetic field to
the active solid-state device.
Subclass:
423
Bipolar transistor magnetic field sensor (e.g., lateral
bipolar transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein the active solid-state device includes a bipolar
transistor as the magnetic field sensor.
Subclass:
424
Sensor with region of high carrier recombination (e.g.,
magnetodiode with carriers deflected to recombination region
by magnetic field):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein the device has a region of high carrier
recombination, e.g., a magnetodiode with carriers deflected
to the recombination region by the magnetic field.
Subclass:
425
Magnetic field detector using compound semiconductor material
(e.g., GaAs, InSb, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein the device is made of a compound semiconductor
material (e.g., GaAs, InSb, etc.).
Subclass:
426
Differential output (e.g., with offset adjustment means or
with means to reduce temperature sensitivity):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein the device has two output terminals and the
electrical signal generated by the active solid-state device
is the electrical signal difference between the outputs.
Subclass:
427
Magnetic field sensor in integrated circuit (e.g., in bipolar
transistor integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Subject matter
wherein the device is located in an integrated circuit (i.e.,
a solid monolithic semiconductor chip).
Subclass:
428
Electromagnetic or particle radiation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Subject matter
wherein the electrical signal is generated by the device in
response to radiant energy in the electromagnetic energy
spectrum or in the form of neutral or charged particles
(e.g., alpha or beta particles).
Subclass:
429
Charged or elementary particles:
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Subject matter
wherein the particle energy is in the form of electrically
charged or elementary particles (e.g., alpha or beta
particles).
Subclass:
430
With active region having effective impurity concentration
less than 10[supscrpt]12[end supscrpt]
atoms/cm[supscrpt]3[end supscrpt]:
This subclass is indented under subclass 429. Subject matter
wherein the active region of the device has an effective
impurity ion dopant concentration less than
10[supscrpt]12[end supscrpt] atoms/cm[supscrpt]3[end
supscrpt].
Subclass:
431
Light:
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical signal to which the device
responds is electromagnetic energy in the light
frequency/wavelength range (i.e., from infrared (except where
the response is mainly due to thermal heating due to the
infrared radiation) to visible and ultraviolet).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
21 for light responsive superlattice quantum well
heterojunction tunneling devices.
53 through 56, for amorphous semiconductor junction material
devices which are responsive to non-electrical (e.g., light)
signals.
80 through 85, for light emitters combined with or also
constituting a light responsive device.
113 through 118, for light activated regenerative type
devices.
184 through 189, for light responsive heterojunction devices
in non-charge transfer devices.
225 through 234, for charge transfer devices with
non-electrical (e.g., light) input.
257 through 258, for light responsive JFET devices.
290 through 294, for light responsive insulated electrode
field effect devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 54 for methods of making a temperature
responsive semiconductor device.
Subclass:
432
With optical element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the light incident upon the active region passes
through an optical element (e.g., a fiber, lens, filter,
etc.).
Subclass:
433
With housing or encapsulation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to physically protect the device in
the form of a housing or medium which embeds the device.
Subclass:
434
With window means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Subject matter
with means to optically couple the light to the device
through a transparent window.
Subclass:
435
With optical shield or mask means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
with means to spatially or temporally block all or part of
the light incident on the portions of the device receptor
region, other than the intended region.
Subclass:
436
With means for increasing light absorption (e.g., redirection
of unabsorbed light):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
with means for increasing the amount of light absorbed by the
device (e.g., antireflection coatings applied to the device,
doping with energy converters, providing reflectors to
redirect initially unabsorbed light onto the receptor,
etc.).
Subclass:
437
Antireflection coating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing light absorption by the
junction is a coating applied to the device which reduces
reflection of the incident light (e.g., by use of
interference films).
Subclass:
438
Avalanche junction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a junction which is operated in the
avalanche portion of its operating curve to utilize the
avalanche multiplication of photocurrent by means of
hole-electron pairs created by absorbed photons.
(1) Note. When the reverse bias voltage applied to the
device approaches breakdown level, the holes or electrons
collide with substrate atoms to produce an avalanche of
hole-electron pairs.
Subclass:
439
Containing dopant adapted for photoionization:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the junction region is provided with impurity dopant
atoms which are only ionized to produce free carriers by the
incident light.
Subclass:
440
With different sensor portions responsive to different
wavelengths (e.g., color imager):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has different portions, some of which
respond to different wavelengths of light than do others.
Subclass:
441
Narrow band gap semiconductor (<<1eV) (e.g., PbSnTe):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device contains a semiconductor material which
has a gap between its conduction and valence bands which is
less than one electron volt.
Subclass:
442
II-VI compound semiconductor (e.g., HgCdTe):
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Subject matter
wherein the narrow band gap semiconductor is a compound
semiconductor taken from columns II and VI of the periodic
table.
Subclass:
443
Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device is in the form of regularly spaced
individual light responsive elements.
Subclass:
444
Light sensor elements overlie active switching elements in
integrated circuit (e.g., where the sensor elements are
deposited on an integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Subject matter
wherein the active switching elements are in a monolithic
chip which is combined with an array of light responsive
elements which overlie the former.
Subclass:
445
With antiblooming means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Subject matter
with means to prevent more than one individual light
responsive element from being activated by a very bright spot
of light incident on a point of the matrix or array.
(1) Note. The anti-blooming means may drain charge from
adjacent individual array elements to some other area, e.g.,
the substrate. This is known as an overflow drain.
Subclass:
446
With specific isolation means in integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Subject matter
wherein the matrix or array of devices is provided with means
to electrically isolate the device from other devices and the
overall device is contained in a monolithic semiconductor
chip.
Subclass:
447
With backside illumination (e.g., having a thinned central
area or a non-absorbing substrate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Subject matter
wherein the matrix or array device is structured to permit
incident light to reach the receptor region from the backside
of the device.
Subclass:
448
With particular electrode configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Subject matter
wherein the matrix or array device has a particular electrode
arrangement.
Subclass:
449
Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer
or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or
tin (e.g., SnO[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt], indium tin oxide)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a rectifying junction which is formed
between a metal and a semiconductor material (i.e., a
Schottky barrier).
(1) Note. The Schottky barrier may, for example, be
transparent or contain indium or tin (e.g.,
SnO[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt], indium tin oxide).
Subclass:
450
With doping profile to adjust barrier height:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter
wherein the height of the Schottky barrier is changed by
varying the concentration of the impurity dopant in the
semiconductor portion of the active junction region of the
device.
Subclass:
451
Responsive to light having lower energy (i.e., longer
wavelength) than forbidden band gap energy of semiconductor
(e.g., by excitation of carriers from metal into
semiconductor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter
wherein the device responds to light having lower energy than
the energy difference between the bottom of the conduction
band and the top of the valance band of the semiconductor
material that forms a junction with the metal.
(1) Note. One way to achieve this result is to
photoelectrically excite electrons from the metal adjacent
the semiconductor into the semiconductor.
Subclass:
452
With edge protection, e.g., doped guard ring or mesa
structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to reduce electric field
concentration or breakdown at edges of the metal and
semiconductor.
Subclass:
453
With specified Schottky metallic layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter
wherein the device includes a layer of metal which has a
specified chemical composition.
Subclass:
454
Schottky metallic layer is a silicide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 453. Subject matter
wherein the specified Schottky material layer is a compound
of metal and silicon.
Subclass:
455
Silicide of Platinum group metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 454. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky layer is a silicide of a metal found in
the period table listed as a platinum group metal (i.e.,
ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, osmium, iridium, and
platinum).
Subclass:
456
Silicide of refractory metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 454. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky layer comprises a silicide of the
refractory metals (i.e., W, Ti, Ta, Hf, Zr, V, Nb, Mo, and
Cr).
Subclass:
457
With particular contact geometry (e.g., ring or grid):
This subclass is indented under subclass 449. Subject matter
wherein the device has a specific geometrical arrangement of
electrical contacts.
Subclass:
458
PIN detector, including combinations with non-light
responsive active devices:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a pn junction with an intrinsic
semiconductor material region (i.e., one with no deliberate
impurity dopants) portion between the p- and n-impurity doped
regions.
Subclass:
459
With particular contact geometry (e.g., ring or grid, or
bonding pad arrangement):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a specified electrical contact
geometry.
Subclass:
460
With backside illumination (e.g., with a thinned central area
or non-absorbing substrate):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device is structured to permit incident light to
reach the receptor portion from the backside of the device.
Subclass:
461
Light responsive pn junction:
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a junction between p-type and n-type
material which responds to light incident upon it by
generating a signal proportional thereto.
Subclass:
462
Phototransistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter
wherein the pn junction device is a transistor wherein the
device generates an electrical signal in response to light
incident on the transistor.
Subclass:
463
With particular doping concentration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter
wherein the pn junction has a particular impurity dopant
concentration or spatial distribution.
Subclass:
464
With particular layer thickness (e.g., layer less than light
absorption depth):
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter
wherein the thickness of the junction region is of a
specified thickness (e.g., less than the thickness in which
light is absorbed).
Subclass:
465
Geometric configuration of junction (e.g., fingers):
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Subject matter
wherein the junction has a specified geometrical
configuration (e. g., finger shaped).
Subclass:
466
External physical configuration of semiconductor (e.g.,
mesas, grooves):
This subclass is indented under subclass 431. Subject matter
wherein the device has a specified external configuration
(e.g., with mesas).
Subclass:
467
Temperature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Subject matter
wherein the non-electrical signal to which the device
responds is thermal energy.
(1) Note. Infrared energy incident on the active junction
which does not cause significant thermal heating of the
device is classified in subclass 431.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 54 for methods of making a temperature
responsive semiconductor device.
Subclass:
468
Semiconductor device operated at cryogenic temperature:
This subclass is indented under subclass 467. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to cool the device for operation
at cryogenic levels (e.g., below 100 degrees Kelvin).
Subclass:
469
With means to reduce temperature sensitivity (e.g., reduction
of temperature sensitivity of junction breakdown voltage by
using a compensating element):
This subclass is indented under subclass 467. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to reduce the sensitivity of the
electrical output of the device to changes in temperature of
the device.
Subclass:
470
Pn junction adapted as temperature sensor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 467. Subject matter
wherein the active junction is a pn junction (i.e., forms a
boundary between p-type and n-type carrier materials) and
generates an electrical signal in response to thermal energy
incident upon the active junction.
Subclass:
471
SCHOTTKY BARRIER:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device contains a Schottky barrier
(i.e., a rectifying interface between a semiconductor
material and a metal).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
54 for Schottky barrier to amorphous semiconductor material
device.
73 for Schottky barrier to polycrystalline semiconductor
material device.
155 for a regenerative type switching device with switching
speed enhancement means (e.g., a Schottky contact).
260 for JFET having the same channel controlled by, for
example, Schottky barrier and PN junction gates.
280 through 284, for JFETs with a Schottky gate electrode.
449 through 457, for a light responsive device with a
Schottky barrier.
928 for a shorted pn or Schottky junction device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 570 for methods of forming a rectifying
(Schottky) contact to a semiconductor.
Subclass:
472
To compound semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky metal is interfaced with a compound
semiconductor.
Subclass:
473
With specified Schottky metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky metal interfaced with the compound
semiconductor is specifically claimed.
Subclass:
474
As active junction in bipolar transistor (e.g., Schottky
collector):
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier junction is used as an active
bipolar transistor junction (e.g., a Schottky collector).
Subclass:
475
With doping profile to adjust barrier height:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the difference in electrical potential from one side
of an active junction to the other has been adjusted by a
distribution of impurity dopant in the semiconductor adjacent
the Schottky junction.
Subclass:
476
In integrated structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier device is located in a single
monolithic integrated semiconductor chip.
Subclass:
477
With bipolar transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier device is located in a single
integrated monolithic semiconductor chip with a bipolar
transistor.
Subclass:
478
Plural Schottky barriers with different barrier heights:
This subclass is indented under subclass 477. Subject matter
wherein the integrated circuit containing a Schottky barrier
device contains more than one Schottky barrier with different
potential differences existing across the different
barriers.
Subclass:
479
Connected across base-collector junction of transistor (e.g.,
Baker clamp):
This subclass is indented under subclass 477. Subject matter
wherein a Schottky barrier device is electrically connected
across the base-collector junction of a bipolar transistor.
Subclass:
480
In voltage variable capacitance diode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier is used in a variable
capacitance diode (e.g., "varactor").
Subclass:
481
Avalanche diode (e.g., so-called "Zener" diode having
breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts):
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier is in a device designed to
operate in avalanche breakdown.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
199 for an avalanche diode in a non-charge transfer device
having a heterojunction.
551 for an avalanche diode used as a voltage reference
element combined with pn junction isolation means in an
integrated circuit.
603 through 606, for avalanche diodes not classified above
those subclasses in this schedule, i.e., not involving a
heterojunction in a non-charge transfer device, or a Schottky
barrier, or one used as a voltage reference element with pn
junction isolation means in an integrated circuit.
Subclass:
482
Microwave transit time device (e.g., IMPATT diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 481. Subject matter
wherein the avalanche breakdown provides a power oscillation
in the microwave region.
Subclass:
483
With means to prevent edge breakdown:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier device has means which help to
reduce the electrical field around the edge of the device.
Subclass:
484
Guard ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 483. Subject matter
wherein the means to prevent edge breakdown is a guard ring
(e.g., a pn junction surrounding the periphery of the
Schottky metal).
Subclass:
485
Specified materials:
This subclass is indented under subclass 471. Subject matter
wherein the Schottky barrier device uses a material of
specified composition.
Subclass:
486
Layered (e.g., a diffusion barrier material layer or a
silicide layer or a precious metal layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 485. Subject matter
wherein the material, e.g., metal, which forms the Schottky
barrier is comprised of layers, for example, a diffusion
barrier material layer or a silicide layer or a precious
metal layer.
Subclass:
487
WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device is provided with means to
increase the voltage that may be applied thereto without
causing electrical breakdown.
Subclass:
488
Field relief electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the means to increase breakdown voltage comprises an
electrode insulated from the semiconductor material of the
active solid-state device, and configured so as to reduce the
electric field strength at a given voltage applied to the
device.
Subclass:
489
Resistive:
This subclass is indented under subclass 488. Subject matter
wherein the field relief electrode is a high resistance layer
adapted to have a current flow therethrough and a
corresponding voltage variation therein.
Subclass:
490
Combined with floating pn junction guard region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 488. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing breakdown voltage includes,
in addition to a field relief electrode, a floating pn
junction guard region, i.e., a region free of direct
electrical connection located in the material forming one
side of an active pn, or other rectifying semiconductor
junction, which region forms a pn junction with the material
of the one side of the active junction, the guard region
being spaced from the active junction, but sufficiently close
thereto that the reverse bias depletion region from the
active junction can reach the guard junction, whereby the
guard junction modifies the shape of the depletion region
from the active junction thus lowering the electric field
intensity at a given applied reverse voltage across the
active junction.
Subclass:
491
In integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the device with means to increase breakdown voltage
is combined in a unitary monolithic semiconductor chip with
other active or passive electronic devices.
(1) Note. The means for increasing breakdown voltage in the
integrated circuit active device may include a floating pn
junction guard region, that is, a region, free of direct
electrical connection, located in the material forming one
side of an active pn or other rectifying semiconductor
junction, which region forms a pn junction with the material
of the one side of the active junction, the guard region
being spaced from the active junction but sufficiently close
thereto that the reverse bias depletion region from the
active junction can reach the guard junction, whereby the
guard junction modifies the shape of the depletion region
from the active junction thus lowering the electric field
intensity at a given applied reverse voltage across the
active junction.
(2) Note. The means for increasing the breakdown voltage of
the integrated circuit device may include a semiconductor
surface portion having a physical configuration, such as a
bevel or mesa, to reduce electric field strength at a given
applied voltage. Typically, the physical configuration will
be such that the depletion region from a reverse biased
junction in the active device reaches the physically
configured surface and is forced by the shape of the surface
to spread wider at a given applied reverse voltage than it
would otherwise, thus reducing the electric field strength in
the depletion layer.
Subclass:
492
With electric field controlling semiconductor layer having a
low enough doping level in relationship to its thickness to
be fully depleted prior to avalanche breakdown (e.g., RESURF
devices):
This subclass is indented under subclass 491. Subject matter
wherein the means to increase breakdown voltage of the device
includes a layer of semiconductor material having a
sufficiently low doping concentration that it may be fully
depleted by the depletion region of a reverse biased junction
of the active device prior to avalanche breakdown of the
active device, so that upon depletion of the layer of
semiconductor material, the effective width of the depletion
layer of the reverse biased junction of the active device is
greatly expanded, thus resulting in smaller increases in
electric field intensity with further increases of reverse
voltage.
(1) Note. Devices provided with such a layer are sometimes
called "RESURF" (Reduced SURFace Field) devices.
(2) Note. In silicon, to be fully depleted without
avalanche breakdown, a layer must typically have an
integrated doping density (the line integral of doping
density along a path through the thickness of the layer) of
less than 2x10[supscrpt]12[end supscrpt] dopant
atoms/cm[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]. The critical integrated
doping density varies depending on the properties of the
particular semiconductor material.
Subclass:
493
With electric field controlling semiconductor layer having a
low enough doping level in relationship to its thickness to
be fully depleted prior to avalanche breakdown (e.g., RESURF
devices):
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the means to increase breakdown voltage of the device
includes a layer of semiconductor material having a
sufficiently low doping concentration that it may be fully
depleted by the depletion region of a reverse biased junction
of the active device prior to avalanche breakdown of the
active device, so that upon depletion of the layer of
semiconductor material, the effective width of the depletion
layer of the reverse biased junction of the active device is
greatly expanded, thus resulting in smaller increases in
electric field intensity with further increases of reverse
voltage.
Subclass:
494
Reverse-biased pn junction guard region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing breakdown voltage in the
device includes a reverse biased pn junction guard region,
that is, a region located in the material forming one side of
an active pn or other rectifying semiconductor junction,
which region forms a pn junction with the material of the one
side of the active junction, the guard region being adapted
to be reverse biased with respect to the material forming one
side of the active junction, and being spaced from the active
junction, but sufficiently close thereto that the reverse
bias depletion region from the active junction can reach the
depletion region from the reverse biased guard junction,
whereby the depletion region of the guard junction modifies
the shape of the depletion region from the active junction
thus lowering the electric field intensity at a given applied
reverse voltage across the active junction.
Subclass:
495
Floating pn junction guard region:
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the means for increasing breakdown voltage in the
device includes a floating pn junction guard region, that is,
a region, free of direct electrical connection, located in
the material forming one side of an active pn or other
rectifying semiconductor junction, which region forms a pn
junction with the material of the one side of the active
junction, the guard region being spaced from the active
junction, but sufficiently close thereto that the reverse
bias depletion region from the active junction can reach the
guard junction, whereby the guard junction modifies the shape
of the depletion region from the active junction thus
lowering the electric field intensity at a given applied
reverse voltage across the active junction.
Subclass:
496
With physical configuration of semiconductor surface to
reduce electric field (e.g., reverse bevels, double bevels,
stepped mesas, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 487. Subject matter
wherein the means to increase breakdown voltage includes a
semiconductor surface portion having a physical
configuration, such as a bevel or mesa, to reduce electric
field strength at a given applied voltage. Typically, the
physical configuration will be such that the depletion region
from a reverse biased junction in the active device reaches
the physically configured surface and is forced by the shape
of the surface to spread wider at a given applied reverse
voltage than it would otherwise, thus reducing the electric
field strength in the depletion layer.
Subclass:
497
PUNCHTHROUGH STRUCTURE DEVICE (E.G., PUNCHTHROUGH TRANSISTOR,
CAMEL BARRIER DIODE):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter having at least one active pn, Schottky
barrier, or other rectifying junction which can be reverse
biased to produce a depletion layer, the active junction
being spaced from a second junction by a layer of
semiconductor material in which the depletion region
extending from the active junction is produced, the second
junction being one capable of supplying minority carriers to
the layer of semiconductor material upon forward bias of the
second junction, and in which the second junction is located
sufficiently close to the active junction that the depletion
region from the active junction can reach the second
junction, thereby forward biasing the second junction and
causing the injection of minority carriers therefrom which
traverse the depletion layer and reach the active junction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
361 for punchthrough structure elements used to protect
against overvoltage gate insulator breakdown of insulated
gate devices.
Subclass:
498
Punchthrough region fully depleted at zero external applied
bias voltage (e.g., camel barrier or planar doped barrier
devices, or so-called "Bipolar SIT" devices):
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Subject matter
wherein the active junction and the second junction are
sufficiently closely spaced that the depletion region from
the active junction due to the built-in potential of the
active junction reaches the second junction even in the
absence of a reverse bias voltage across the active
junction.
Subclass:
499
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED
COMPONENTS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein at least one active solid-state device
is provided in a single, monolithic semiconductor chip along
with other active or passive elements in the chip, and means
are provided to electrically isolate different devices in the
monolithic chip from each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for intervalley transfer bulk effect devices (e.g., Gunn
effect devices) in a monolithic integrated circuit.
93 for plural light emitting devices with electrical
isolation means in integrated circuit structure.
265 for JFET devices having vertical current path in
integrated circuit.
272 through 278, for JFET devices in integrated circuits.
334 for short channel IGFET devices having a gate electrode
controlling the vertical portion of the channel and being in
a groove in an integrated circuit.
337 and 338, for graded channel short channel IGFET devices
in integrated circuit structure.
357 through 359, for insulated electrode field effect
devices with gate insulator overvoltage protection means in
complementary field effect transistor integrated circuit
devices.
368 through 401, for IGFET devices in integrated circuit.
427 for a magnetic field sensor in an integrated circuit.
446 for matrix or array type photodetectors with specific
isolation means in an integrated circuit.
491 and 492, for devices with means to increase breakdown
voltage in an integrated circuit, including, for example,
RESURF devices.
663 for a superconductive contact or lead on an integrated
circuit.
713 for cooling means for an integrated circuit device.
758 through 760, for multi-level metallization in, e.g., an
integrated circuit device.
922 for a device with means to prevent inspection of or
tampering with an integrated circuit.
929 for pn junction isolated integrated circuits with
isolation walls having minimum dopant concentration at
intermediate depth in epitaxial layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 294 for methods of making laterally spaced,
electrically isolated semiconductor regions in combination
with insulated gate field effect transistors; subclasses 353+
for methods of making laterally spaced, electrically isolated
semiconductor regions in combination with bipolar
transistors; and subclasses 400+ for methods of making
laterally spaced, electrically isolated semiconductor regions
or various
Subclass:
500
Including high voltage or high power devices isolated from
low voltage or low power devices in the same integrated
circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the monolithic chip includes both electronic
components specifically configured for operation at high
voltages or high power levels, along with other electronic
components which are configured for operation only at low
voltages or power levels.
(1) Note. See this class, subclass 491 for monolithic chips
which include active components with specific means provided
to increase the breakdown voltage of those active components.
The combination of high voltage and low voltage active
solid-state devices on the same monolithic chip will only be
classified in this subclass (500), if no particular structure
is provided to increase the breakdown voltage of the high
voltage components.
Subclass:
501
Including dielectric isolation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Subject matter
wherein the means to electrically isolate different devices
in the same monolithic chip, containing both high voltage or
power and low voltage or power devices, from each other
includes a region of electrical insulator material.
Subclass:
502
High power or high voltage device extends completely through
semiconductor substrate (e.g., backside collector contact):
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Subject matter
wherein at least one high voltage or high power device
extends completely through the monolithic chip from the top
surface to the bottom surface of the chip.
Subclass:
503
With contact or metallization configuration to reduce
parasitic coupling (e.g., separate ground pads for different
parts of integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the chip includes contacts or electrical
interconnections, such as metal strips deposited on the
surface of the chip, which contacts or interconnections are
configured in such a manner as to reduce or eliminate
unwanted parasitic coupling of electrical signals from one
part or component of the integrated circuit to another.
(1) Note. Such configuration might be, for example, a
shielding conductive layer connected to fixed potential, or
large area metal pads for connection to external supply
voltages with plural separate pads provided to connect
different parts or components of the same integrated circuit
to the same external voltage, to prevent voltage drops from
electrical current flowing between a pad and one component
from producing a parasitic varying voltage applied to another
component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
659 for electrical shielding, in general, in active
solid-state devices.
664 for transmission line connections, in general, in active
solid-state devices.
Subclass:
504
Including means for establishing a depletion region
throughout a semiconductor layer for isolating devices in
different portions of the layer (e.g., "JFET" isolation):
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein means are provided for producing a region in a layer
which is fully depleted of charge carriers and thereby
non-conductive as part of the means for electrically
isolating different devices in the chip from each other.
Subclass:
505
With polycrystalline semiconductor isolation region in direct
contact with single crystal active semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the means for electrically isolating different
devices in the chip from each other includes at least one
region of polycrystalline (i.e., made up of many small
crystals) semiconductor material, which polycrystalline
isolation region is in direct contact with at least one
region of single crystal semiconductor material which forms
part of an active solid-state device in the chip.
(1) Note. The polycrystalline isolation region may be
either undoped or doped with recombination center doping, in
order to make it high resistivity and thus, effectively, an
electrical insulator, or may be doped with a p or n dopant in
order to form a pn junction with the single crystal material
of the active solid-state device so that the rectifying
junction between the doped isolation region and the single
crystal active portion, when reverse biased, electrically
isolates the devices in the chip from each other.
Subclass:
506
Including dielectric isolation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the means to electrically isolate different devices
in the same monolithic chip from each other includes a region
of electrical insulator material.
Subclass:
507
With single crystal insulating substrate (e.g., sapphire):
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein the means to electrically isolate different devices
from each other includes a substrate of single crystal
insulating material, upon which the semiconductor material of
the active devices is grown in heteroepitaxial relationship
therewith.
(1) Note. The substrate may typically be the alpha
crystalline phase of aluminum oxide, commonly called sapphire
or single crystalline beryllium oxide or single crystal
magnesium aluminate known as spinel.
Subclass:
508
With metallic conductor within isolating dielectric or
between semiconductor and isolating dielectric (e.g., metal
shield layer or internal connection layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein a metallic (metal or metal-like) conductor is located
within the region of electrical insulator material which
isolates the components on the chip from each other or is
provided between the single crystal semiconductor material of
the semiconductor components and the electrical insulator
material forming the dielectric isolation.
(1) Note. The metallic conductor may be used to provide
interconnections between components on the chip or as an
electrical shielding layer.
Subclass:
509
Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar,
LOCOS):
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein the means for electrically isolating components in
the chip from each other includes, in addition to portions of
electrical insulator material, pn junctions separating
regions of active devices from each other and/or from a
supporting semiconductor substrate.
(1) Note. There are several names in common use for
isolation of this type, particularly where the pn junctions
provide isolation between active devices and the supporting
semiconductor substrate with the dielectric material recessed
into the semiconductor between active devices and extending
down to the isolating pn junctions to separate devices
laterally from each other. Such common names include LOCOS
(Local Oxidation of Silicon), ROI (Recessed Oxide Isolation),
Isoplanar, and Planox. These terms do not represent
different isolation structures, but are merely alternative
names for the same type of isolation.
Subclass:
510
Dielectric in groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 509. Subject matter
wherein the electrical insulator material forming part of the
isolation means is located in grooves in the semiconductor
surface (e.g., LOCOS)
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
374 for CMOS FET dielectric isolation means (e.g.,
dielectric layer in vertical groove.)
Subclass:
511
With complementary (npn and pnp) bipolar transistor
structures:
This subclass is indented under subclass 509. Subject matter
wherein the device includes, on the same monolithic chip,
both pnp bipolar transistors and npn bipolar transistor
structures.
Subclass:
512
Complementary devices share common active region (e.g.,
integrated injection logic, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L):
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Subject matter
wherein the device includes structures wherein a pnp
transistor shares a semiconductor region with an npn
transistor, e.g., where the base region of the pnp transistor
serves also as the emitter of the npn transistor and the
collector of the pnp transistor serves as the base region of
the npn transistor.
(1) Note. Search this class, subclass 107 for regenerative
switching devices, which typically are in the form of a pnp
transistor and an npn transistor, the collector and base of
the pnp transistor forming the base and collector,
respectively, of the npn transistor.
(2) Note. A typical structure in which pnp transistors and
npn transistors share regions in common is that called
Integrated injection logic, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L
(formerly alternatively called merged transistor logic, MTL),
in which a pnp transistor serves to supply base region
current to a multicollector npn transistor, with the base
region of the npn being the logic circuit input and the
multiple collectors providing logic fan out to plural further
logic gates.
Subclass:
513
Vertical walled groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the dielectric isolation is located in grooves in the
surface of the overall device which extend perpendicular to
the surface of the overall device.
Subclass:
514
With active junction abutting groove (e.g., "walled
emitter"):
This subclass is indented under subclass 513. Subject matter
wherein at least one pn junction forming a part of an active
solid-state device terminates against the dielectric filling
in the vertical walled isolation groove.
(1) Note. If the emitter-base junction terminates against a
dielectric isolation sidewall, this is termed a "walled
emitter" transistor structure.
Subclass:
515
With active junction abutting groove (e.g., "walled
emitter"):
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein at least one pn junction forming a part of an active
solid-state device terminates against the dielectric filling
in the isolation groove.
Subclass:
516
With passive component (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the device contains, in addition to at least one
active solid-state device, at least one passive component,
such as a resistor or capacitor.
Subclass:
517
With bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the device contains at least one bipolar transistor
structure.
Subclass:
518
With polycrystalline connecting region (e.g., polysilicon
base contact):
This subclass is indented under subclass 517. Subject matter
wherein the device has portions of polycrystalline (i.e.,
made up of many small crystals) semiconductor material
serving as electrical contacts or connections.
Subclass:
519
Including heavily doped channel stop region adjacent groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the device has at least one heavily doped
semiconductor region adjacent a dielectric filled groove to
prevent formation of parasitic inversion channels in the
semiconductor material.
Subclass:
520
Conductive filling in dielectric-lined groove (e.g.,
polysilicon backfill):
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the device has the grooves filled with a lining of
dielectric material together with a conductive filling in the
groove, the conductive filling being separated from the
semiconductor material by the dielectric lining of the
groove.
Subclass:
521
Sides of grooves along major crystal planes (e.g., (111),
(100) planes, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 510. Subject matter
wherein the device has grooves for the isolation whose sides
are oriented along one or more major crystal planes of the
semiconductor material in which the grooves are formed.
(1) Note. Major crystal planes are considered to be the
(111), (110), and (100) planes in a crystal with cubic
symmetry.
(2) Note. See illustration, below. [figure]
Subclass:
522
Air isolation (e.g., beam lead supported semiconductor
islands):
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein the isolation means is air (e.g., islands of
semiconductor material supported by beam leads and separated
by air).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 411 for methods of forming
electrically isolated semiconductor islands held in place by
beam lead metallization; subclass 461 for methods of forming
beam leads on a semiconductor substrate combined with dicing
of the substrate into plural separate bodies; and subclass
611 for methods of forming beam lead metallization on a
semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
523
Isolation by region of intrinsic (undoped) semiconductor
material (e.g., including region physically damaged by proton
bombardment):
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein the electrical insulator material which provides the
dielectric isolation includes a region of intrinsic (undoped)
semiconductor material, with resulting high resistivity.
(1) Note. The isolation region may contain a region which
has been physically damaged by proton bombardment or by other
means.
Subclass:
524
Full dielectric isolation with polycrystalline semiconductor
substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 506. Subject matter
wherein the integrated circuit substrate is made of
polycrystalline semiconductor material and the isolation
means is a dielectric material which surrounds each active
solid-state semiconductor device, resulting is those devices
becoming islands in a sea of dielectric material.
Subclass:
525
With complementary (npn and pnp) bipolar transistor
structures:
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Subject matter
wherein the device includes complementary bipolar transistors
(i.e., includes both pnp and npn bipolar transistors).
(1) Note. The device may include complementary lateral
bipolar transistor structures.
Subclass:
526
With bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Subject matter
wherein the device includes at least one bipolar transistor
structure.
Subclass:
527
Sides of isolated semiconductor islands along major crystal
planes (e.g., (111), (100) planes, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Subject matter
wherein the device has sides of the isolated single crystal
semiconductor islands which are oriented along one or more
major crystal planes of the semiconductor material of the
islands.
Subclass:
528
Passive components in ICs:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the device is contained in a single, monolithic chip
with electrical components which are passive, i.e., which do
not have gain, for example, pure capacitors, inductors, or
resistors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
379 for a passive component combined with an IGFET device in
an integrated circuit.
516 for passive components in an integrated circuit with
dielectric in groove and pn junction isolation.
904 for a FET combined with passive components adapted for
use as a static memory cell.
Subclass:
529
Including programmable passive component (e.g., fuse):
This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Subject matter
wherein a passive component is programmable, i.e., may be
permanently altered (e.g., a fuse - a protective device
designed to open a circuit in response to an excessive
current).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 467, 600, and 601 for methods of
forming or modifying electrically alterable structures for
selectively interconnecting electrical devices on a
semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
530
Anti-fuse:
This subclass is indented under subclass 529. Subject matter
wherein an element which is normally non-conductive is made
conductive (e.g., a capacitor) that is, that can be
selectively electrically shorted.
Subclass:
531
Including inductive element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Subject matter
wherein the device includes an electrical inductor, i.e., an
element that tends to oppose any change of current applied
thereto because of a magnetic field generated by the inductor
itself.
Subclass:
532
Including capacitor component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Subject matter
wherein the device includes an electrical capacitor, i.e., a
passive element with electrical conductors separated by a
dielectric material which stores electrical charge when
potential differences exist between the conductive elements
of the capacitor.
Subclass:
533
Combined with resistor to form RC filter structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Subject matter
wherein the capacitor element is combined with an electrical
resistance element to form an electrical filter in the form
of an integrated RC filter circuit.
Subclass:
534
With means to increase surface area (e.g., grooves, ridges,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Subject matter
wherein the device includes means to increase the surface
area of the device by, for example, grooves or ridges in the
surface of the device.
Subclass:
535
Both terminals of capacitor isolated from substrate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Subject matter
wherein the device includes a capacitor, both terminals of
which are electrically isolated from the integrated circuit
chip substrate.
Subclass:
536
Including resistive element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Subject matter
wherein the device includes an electrical resistance
element.
Subclass:
537
Using specific resistive material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter
wherein the passive resistive element is a specific chemical
element, compound, or composition.
Subclass:
538
Polycrystalline silicon (doped or undoped):
This subclass is indented under subclass 537. Subject matter
wherein the specific resistive material is a silicon material
made up of many single crystals having a random orientation.
Subclass:
539
Combined with bipolar transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 536. Subject matter
wherein the device includes at least one bipolar transistor
structure along with the resistive element.
Subclass:
540
With compensation for non-linearity (e.g., dynamic isolation
pocket bias):
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to compensate for non-linearity of
the resistor, such as by provision of varying bias voltage to
a semiconductor pocket which forms a pn junction with the
resistive element and provides electrical isolation
therefor.
Subclass:
541
Pinch resistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Subject matter
wherein the resistor element has a structure in the form of a
layer of one conductivity type sandwiched between a pair of
regions of opposite conductivity type, so that the upper
region of opposite conductivity type restricts the thickness
of the resistive layer and thus increases its resistivity.
(1) Note. Typically, the resistor will have the same doping
profile as the base region of the bipolar transistor, while
the lower opposite conductivity type region will have the
same doping profile as the bipolar transistor collector, and
the upper, or "pinching" region, will have the same doping
profile as the bipolar transistor emitter.
Subclass:
542
Resistor has same doping as emitter or collector of bipolar
transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Subject matter
wherein the resistor region has the same doping concentration
and profile (e.g., is formed in the same step as) either the
emitter or the collector region of the bipolar transistor
with which the resistor is combined in the same integrated
circuit.
(1) Note. Most resistors in bipolar integrated circuits are
formed with the same doping step as the bipolar transistor
base regions. Resistors that are instead formed at the same
doping step as the emitter or collector, rather than the
base, go in this subclass.
Subclass:
543
Lightly doped junction isolated resistor (e.g., ion implanted
resistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 539. Subject matter
wherein the resistive element is of the form of a lightly
doped layer of one conductivity type located in a region of
opposite conductivity type, such that the pn junction between
the resistor region and its containing opposite conductivity
type region serves to isolate the resistor.
(1) Note. A resistor region is considered to be lightly
doped if it is substantially less heavily doped than the base
region of the bipolar transistors in the same integrated
circuit, or if it is has a doping density not greater than
100 times that of the opposite conductivity type region in
which it is contained.
(2) Note. Such lightly doped resistors are typically formed
by the process of ion implantation, wherein desired dopant
atoms are placed in the semiconductor body by ionizing the
dopant material and accelerating the resulting ions through a
carefully controlled voltage to impinge on the surface of the
semiconductor material, so that the depth of the resulting
dopant atoms is determined by the accelerating voltage and
the doping density is determined by the flux of the ion
beam.
Subclass:
544
With pn junction isolation:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the means for electrically isolating different
devices from each other includes a pn junction located
between the devices to be isolated.
Subclass:
545
With means to control isolation junction capacitance (e.g.,
lightly doped layer at isolation junction to increase
depletion layer width):
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the device is provided with means, such as a lightly
doped semiconductor layer at the isolation junction, to
control (e.g., increase or decrease) the capacitance of the
isolation junction.
Subclass:
546
With structural means to protect against excess or reversed
polarity voltage:
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein means is provided to protect the circuit or its
components from application of an excessive or reversed
polarity voltage.
Subclass:
547
With structural means to control parasitic transistor action
or leakage current:
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
including means to control or reduce parasitic bipolar
transistor action, i.e., bipolar transistor action in which
the substrate and isolation junctions of the integrated
circuit act as active junctions of an unintended bipolar
transistor, or to control or reduce leakage currents
associated with the pn isolation junctions.
Subclass:
548
At least three regions of alternating conductivity types with
dopant concentration gradients decreasing from surface of
semiconductor (e.g., "triple-diffused" integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
including at least three regions of alternating conductivity
type (p or n), with each successive region contained within
the previous region, and each of the regions having a doping
concentration which decreases with distance from the same
external surface of the semiconductor body.
(1) Note. Junction isolated integrated circuits of this
type are typically manufactured by starting with an uniformly
doped p-type semiconductor body to serve as the substrate,
then diffusing spaced n-type regions into the P substrate to
form collectors of npn transistors, and then successively
diffusing p-type base and n-type emitters into the spaced
n-type regions. Junction isolated integrated circuits of
this type are simple to manufacture, due to the reduced
number of processing steps involved, but suffer from
non-optimum doping concentration profiles, particularly in
the collector regions.
Subclass:
549
With substrate and lightly doped surface layer of same
conductivity type, separated by subsurface heavily doped
region of opposite conductivity type (e.g., "collector
diffused isolation" integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the junction isolation is formed in an integrated
circuit with a substrate and lightly doped surface layer of
the same conductivity type, separated by subsurface heavily
doped region of opposite conductivity type (e.g., "collector
diffused isolation" integrated circuit).
Subclass:
550
With lightly doped surface layer of one conductivity type on
substrate of opposite conductivity type, having plural
heavily doped portions of the one conductivity type between
the layer and substrate, different ones of the heavily doped
portions having differing depths or physical extent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the junction isolation is formed in an integrated
circuit with a lightly doped surface layer of one
conductivity type on substrate of opposite conductivity type,
having plural heavily doped portions of the one conductivity
type between the layer and substrate, different ones of the
heavily doped portions having differing depths or physical
extent.
(1) Note. The heavily doped portions are usually
"subcollector" contact regions, low resistance connections to
the bottom of the collector region of a bipolar transistor.
Subclass:
551
Including voltage reference element (e.g., avalanche diode,
so-called "Zener diode" with breakdown voltage greater than 6
volts or with positive temperature coefficient of breakdown
voltage):
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
including a voltage reference element, i.e., a device which
limits the operating voltage of one or more active devices in
the integrated circuit (e.g., an avalanche diode, so-called
"Zener diode" with breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts, or
with positive temperature coefficient of breakdown voltage).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
199 for an avalanche diode in a non-charge transfer device
having a heterojunction.
481 and 482, for Schottky barrier avalanche diodes.
603 through 606, for avalanche diodes not classified above
those subclasses in this schedule, i.e., not involving a
heterojunction in a non-charge transfer device or a Schottky
barrier, or one used as a voltage reference element with pn
junction isolation means in an integrated circuit.
Subclass:
552
With bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the junction isolation is formed in an integrated
circuit between active devices at least one of which has a
bipolar transistor structure.
Subclass:
553
Transistors of same conductivity type (e.g., npn) having
different current gain or different operating voltage
characteristics:
This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Subject matter
wherein plural bipolar transistor structures are present
which have the same electrical conductivity type (e.g., npn)
but have different current gain or different operating
voltage characteristics.
Subclass:
554
With connecting region made of polycrystalline semiconductor
material (e.g., polysilicon base contact):
This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Subject matter
wherein a connecting region or contact made of a
polycrystalline semiconductor material is present in the
bipolar integrated circuit.
Subclass:
555
Complementary bipolar transistor structures (e.g., integrated
injection logic, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L):
This subclass is indented under subclass 552. Subject matter
wherein the device contains complementary bipolar transistor
structures (i.e., both pnp and npn bipolar transistor
structures).
Subclass:
556
Including lateral bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the pnp or npn complementary bipolar
transistors is a lateral structure (i.e., has current flow
between its emitter and collector parallel to a major surface
of the semiconductor chip).
Subclass:
557
Lateral bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the device includes at least one bipolar transistor
which has a lateral structure (i.e., has current flow between
its emitter and collector parallel to a major surface of the
semiconductor chip).
Subclass:
558
With base region doping concentration step or gradient or
with means to increase current gain:
This subclass is indented under subclass 557. Subject matter
wherein the device has a base region with a variable impurity
dopant concentration across it, or wherein means are provided
to increase the current gain of the transistor.
Subclass:
559
With active region formed along groove or exposed edge in
semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 557. Subject matter
wherein the device has a groove or exposed edge and an active
region of the bipolar transistor is formed along the groove
or exposed edge.
Subclass:
560
With multiple collectors or emitters:
This subclass is indented under subclass 557. Subject matter
wherein the device has more than one collector region or more
than one emitter region.
Subclass:
561
With different emitter to collector spacings or facing
areas:
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter
wherein the device has different emitter to collector
spacings for different collectors or emitters.
Subclass:
562
With auxiliary collector/re-emitter between emitter and
output collector (e.g., "Current Hogging Logic" device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter
wherein the device has a region located between its emitter
and its collector which serves as an auxiliary
collector/re-emitter, i.e., the auxiliary region collects
carriers emitted by the emitter and re-emits them to the
collector (e.g., a "Current Hogging Logic" device).
Subclass:
563
With multiple separately connected emitter, collector, or
base regions in same transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 499. Subject matter
wherein the device includes two or more separately connected
(i.e., not commonly connected) emitter, collector, or base
regions.
Subclass:
564
Multiple base or collector regions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 563. Subject matter
wherein the device contains two or more separately connected
base or collector regions, but not more than one separately
connected emitter region.
Subclass:
565
BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device
comprises at least one bipolar transistor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
47 for bipolar transistor structure having a metal contact
alloyed to elemental semiconductor type pn junction in a
non-regenerative structure.
511 for complementary bipolar transistor structure having
dielectric-in-groove isolation and pn junction isolation in
an integrated circuit.
517 and 518, for bipolar transistor structure having
dielectric-in-groove isolation and pn junction isolation in
an integrated circuit.
525 for complementary bipolar structure with full dielectric
isolation in an integrated circuit.
526 for bipolar structure with full dielectric isolation in
an integrated circuit.
552 through 556, for bipolar transistor structure combined
with pn junction isolation in an integrated circuit.
557 through 562, for integrated circuits with electrically
isolated lateral bipolar transistor structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, digests 10 and 11 for bipolar
transistor devices.
326, Electronic Digital Logic Circuitry, particularly 18,
42+, 48, 75+, 89+, 109+, and 124+ for logic circuits
utilizing bipolar transistors.
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, particularly subclass 204, 207, 405,
411+, 417, 432+, 439, 459, 462, 463, 474, 475, and 478+ for
miscellaneous nonlinear circuits with explicitly recited
bipolar transistors.
330, Amplifiers, 250 for amplifiers with transistors which
may be bipolar transistors and subclass 300 which explicitly
provides for bipolar or field effect transistors.
341, Coded Data Generation or Conversion, 127 for bipolar
analog to or from digital converters and subclass 133 for
such device with a drift (graded base) transistor element.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, 309 for
methods of forming bipolar transistors.
Subclass:
566
Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the bipolar structure includes more than one bipolar
transistor in a structure without electrical isolation
between transistors.
(1) Note. See subclass 499, above, for integrated circuits
with electrical isolation, including with bipolar
transistors.
Subclass:
567
Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current
of input transistor supplied to base region of output
transistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 566. Subject matter
wherein the plural non-electrically isolated transistor
structures are arranged in a Darlington configuration (i.e.,
wherein the emitter to collector current of an input
transistor is supplied to the base region of an output
transistor).
Subclass:
568
More than two Darlington-connected transistors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein the device contains more than two
Darlington-connected bipolar transistors.
Subclass:
569
Complementary Darlington-connected transistors:
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein the Darlington configuration comprises two bipolar
transistors which have a complementary connection, i.e., the
input transistor is of one conductivity type (e.g., npn) and
the other is of the opposite conductivity type (e.g., pnp).
Subclass:
570
With active components in addition to Darlington transistors
(e.g., antisaturation diode, bleeder diode connected
antiparallel to input transistor base-emitter junction,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein the device contains active solid-state devices in
addition to Darlington bipolar transistors.
Subclass:
571
Non-planar structure (e.g., mesa emitter, or having a groove
to define resistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein the device is a non-planar structure (i.e., the upper
surface is not a completely flat, unbroken surface).
Subclass:
572
With resistance means connected between transistor base
regions:
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein the device includes a resistor element structure
connecting the base regions of the Darlington bipolar
transistors.
Subclass:
573
With housing or contact structure or configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
wherein a housing or electrical contact structure is provided
for the device.
Subclass:
574
Complementary transistors share common active region (e.g.,
integrated injection logic, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L):
This subclass is indented under subclass 566. Subject matter
wherein the device includes complementary transistors (i.e.,
bipolar transistors of different conductivity types) which
share a common active region (e.g., integrated injection
logic, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L).
Subclass:
575
Including lateral bipolar transistor structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 574. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the complementary bipolar transistors
sharing a common region is a lateral bipolar transistor
(i.e., has current flow between its emitter and collector
parallel to a major surface of the semiconductor chip).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
423 for lateral and other bipolar transistor magnetic field
responsive structure.
557 for electrically isolated lateral bipolar transistor
structures in an integrated circuit.
Subclass:
576
With contacts of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon,
silicide of refractory or platinum group metal):
This subclass is indented under subclass 575. Subject matter
wherein the device has electrical contacts which are made of
a refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, or a silicide of a
metal found in groups IVA, VA, VIA or VIIIA (other than iron
(Fe) nickel (Ni) or cobalt (Co)) of the periodic table of the
elements.
Subclass:
577
Including additional component in same, non-isolated
structure (e.g., transistor with diode, transistor with
resistor, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device includes an additional component (e.g., a
diode or a resistor) in the same non-electrically isolated
structure with the bipolar transistor structure.
Subclass:
578
With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has relatively enlarged emitter
cross-sectional areas (e.g., power devices).
Subclass:
579
With separate emitter areas connected in parallel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter
wherein there are a plurality of separate emitter areas which
are electrically connected in parallel.
Subclass:
580
With current ballasting means (e.g., emitter ballasting
resistors or base current ballasting means):
This subclass is indented under subclass 579. Subject matter
wherein current ballasting means is provided to divide
emitter current more evenly between the plurality of separate
emitter areas which are electrically interconnected in
parallel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
164 for regenerative devices having multiemitter regions
which may include emitter ballasting resistors.
Subclass:
581
Thin film ballasting means (e.g., polysilicon resistor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter
wherein the ballasting means comprises thin film resistor
means (e.g., a thin film polysilicon resistor).
Subclass:
582
With current ballasting means (e.g., emitter ballasting
resistors or base current ballasting resistors):
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter
wherein the enlarged emitter area has a current ballasting
means (e.g., emitter ballasting resistors).
Subclass:
583
With means to reduce transistor action in selected portions
of transistor (e.g., heavy base region doping under central
web of emitter to prevent secondary breakdown):
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter
wherein there are means in selected portions of the
transistor to reduce the transistor action in those
portions.
Subclass:
584
With housing or contact (i.e., electrode) means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter
wherein the enlarged emitter area device is provided with a
housing (means to protect the device from the environment) or
with electrical contact means.
Subclass:
585
With means to increase inverse gain:
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein there are means associated with the transistor to
increase the gain in an inverse mode of operation.
Subclass:
586
With non-planar semiconductor surface (e.g., groove, mesa,
bevel, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has a non-planar upper or side surface.
Subclass:
587
With specified electrode means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has specific electrode means.
Subclass:
588
Including polycrystalline semiconductor as connection:
This subclass is indented under subclass 587. Subject matter
wherein the electrode means includes polysilicon
semiconductor material to make an electrical connection.
Subclass:
589
Avalanche transistor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device is a bipolar transistor designed to be
operated with its base-collector junction biased into
avalanche breakdown.
Subclass:
590
With means to reduce minority carrier lifetime (e.g., region
of deep level dopant or region of crystal damage):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has means to reduce the minority carrier
lifetime, i.e., before recombination with a majority carrier,
by, for example, a region of deep level dopant or a region of
damage to the semiconductor crystal.
Subclass:
591
With emitter region having specified doping concentration
profile (e.g., high-low concentration step):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has an emitter region with a specified
impurity dopant concentration profile (e.g., a specified
concentration gradient across the emitter region).
Subclass:
592
With base region having specified doping concentration
profile or specified configuration (e.g., inactive base more
heavily doped than active base or base region has constant
doping concentration portion (e.g., epitaxial base)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device has a base region with a cross section
that has a specified impurity dopant concentration across it
or has a particular geometric configuration.
Subclass:
593
With means to increase current gain or operating frequency:
This subclass is indented under subclass 565. Subject matter
wherein the device includes means to increase the current
gain or the operating frequency of the devices.
Subclass:
594
WITH GROOVE TO DEFINE PLURAL DIODES:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device has more
than one diode and has a groove therein to separate the
diodes.
Subclass:
595
VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device has a
capacitance which varies with the voltage applied thereto.
(1) Note. This type of voltage variable capacitor device is
to be distinguished from voltage variable capacitors (also
referred to as varactors) which are passive devices only and
which may be found, for example, in Class 361, Electricity:
Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass 277, and Class 332,
Modulators, subclass 136, modulators with varactors.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
312 for insulated gate type voltage variable capacitor
devices or voltage variable capacitor devices combined with
an insulated gate transistor.
438 Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
379 for methods of forming a voltage variable capacitance
device utilizing a semiconductor substrate.
480 for a voltage variable capacitor diode with a Schottky
barrier.
Subclass:
596
With specified dopant profile:
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device has a cross section which has a specified
impurity dopant concentration across it.
Subclass:
597
Retrograde dopant profile (e.g., dopant concentration
decreases with distance from rectifying junction):
This subclass is indented under subclass 596. Subject matter
wherein the device contains a rectifying junction and wherein
the variable dopant concentration decreases with distance
from the rectifying junction.
Subclass:
598
With plural junctions whose depletion regions merge to vary
voltage dependence:
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device has more than one junction with depletion
regions that merge to achieve a capacitance that varies with
applied voltage.
Subclass:
599
With means to increase active junction area (e.g., grooved or
convoluted surface):
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device is provided with an increased active
junction area (e.g., grooves or a convoluted surface to
increase the active junction area).
Subclass:
600
With physical configuration to vary voltage dependence (e.g.,
mesa):
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device has a physical configuration (e.g., a
mesa) to vary the voltage dependency of the capacitance.
Subclass:
601
Plural diodes in same non-isolated structure, or device
having three or more terminals:
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device is comprised of more than one diode
located in the same non-isolated structure, or is a device
which has three or more electrical terminals.
Subclass:
602
With specified housing or contact:
This subclass is indented under subclass 595. Subject matter
wherein the device is provided with a specific housing
(structure to protect the device from the environment) or
electrical contact structure.
Subclass:
603
AVALANCHE DIODE (E.G., SO-CALLED "ZENER" DIODE HAVING
BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 6 VOLTS):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter configured to operate in a manner in which an
external voltage is applied in the reverse-conducting
direction of the device junction with sufficient magnitude to
cause the potential barrier at the junction to breakdown due
to electrons or holes gaining sufficient speed to dislodge
valence electrons and thus create more hole-electron current
carriers by an avalanche process.
(1) Note. This includes the so-called "Zener" diode using
silicon as a semiconductor which has a breakdown voltage
greater than 6 volts. True Zener diodes conduct by reverse
tunneling, and are classified in subclass 106. However, many
avalanche breakdown diodes which are classifiable in subclass
603 are called "Zener" diodes even though the breakdown
mechanism is avalanche multiplication, rather than tunneling.
In silicon, pn junctions which break down at less than 5
volts, do so by reverse tunneling, while those that break
down at above 6 volts, do so by avalanche multiplication.
(2) Note. See the illustration, below: [figure]
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
106 for a reverse bias tunneling diode (Zener diode).
199 for an avalanche diode having a heterojunction.
481 for a Schottky barrier avalanche diode.
551 for an avalanche diode used as a voltage reference
element combined with pn junction isolation means in an
integrated circuit.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
327, Miscellaneous Active Electrical Nonlinear Devices,
Circuits, and Systems, 185 for stable state circuits which
may include an avalanche diode; subclass 326 for limiting,
clipping, or clamping utilizing an avalanche diode; subclass
502 for gating circuits utilizing an avalanche diode; and
subclass 584 for miscellaneous circuits utilizing an
avalanche diode.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process, subclass
91 for methods of making a light responsive avalanche diode
and subclass 380 for making an avalanche diode utilizing a
semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
604
Microwave transit time device (e.g., IMPATT diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter
wherein the device is structured to operate as a transit time
device at microwave frequencies, the frequency at which it
operates being determined by the transit time of charge
carriers through the depletion region which extends on both
sides of the reverse biased junction (e.g., an Impact
ionization avalanche transit time (IMPATT) diode).
Subclass:
605
With means to limit area of breakdown (e.g., guard ring
having higher breakdown voltage):
This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter
in which the avalanche diode device is provided with means to
limit the area of the device in which electrical breakdown
occurs (e.g., a guard ring having a higher breakdown voltage
than the area it surrounds).
Subclass:
606
Subsurface breakdown:
This subclass is indented under subclass 605. Subject matter
wherein the voltage breakdown occurs below the surface of the
device.
Subclass:
607
WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (e.g., plural dopants of same
conductivity in same region):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device contains
impurity dopant atoms which are specified and are used to
change the conductive properties of the semiconductor
material.
(1) Note. If the dopant is in Si or Ge, it may be a shallow
level dopant, other than an element from group III or group V
of the periodic table (e.g., a dopant such as Li in Ge).
Subclass:
608
Switching device based on filling and emptying of deep energy
levels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter
wherein the device utilizes charge carrier filling and
emptying of deep energy levels within the forbidden gap of
semiconductor material of the device to produce a switching
or ON/OFF action.
Subclass:
609
For compound semiconductor (e.g., deep level dopant):
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter
wherein the specified dopant is in a compound semiconductor
(e.g., GaAs).
Subclass:
610
Deep level dopant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 607. Subject matter
including a specified dopant which establishes traps in the
forbidden band of a semiconductor into which carriers may
drop or rise.
Subclass:
611
With specified distribution (e.g., laterally localized, with
specified concentration distribution or gradient):
This subclass is indented under subclass 610. Subject matter
wherein the deep level dopant has a particular, specified
distribution (e.g., with a specified concentration
distribution or gradient).
Subclass:
612
Deep level dopant other than gold or platinum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 610. Subject matter
wherein the deep level dopant is other than gold or
platinum.
Subclass:
613
INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN SILICON OR
GALLIUM ARSENIDE (GaAs) (E.G., Pb[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]Sn[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt]Te):
Subject matter under the subclass definition which includes
semiconducting material other than silicon or gallium
arsenide (GaAs).
Subclass:
614
Group II-VI compound (e.g., CdTe, Hg[subscrpt]x[end
subscrpt]Cd[subscrpt]1-x[end subscrpt]Te):
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter
wherein the semiconducting material other than silicon or
gallium arsenide is a compound of the periodic table group
II-VI (e.g., CdTe).
Subclass:
615
Group III-V compound (e.g., InP):
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter
wherein the semiconducting material other than silicon or
gallium arsenide is a compound of the periodic table group
III-V (e.g., InP).
Subclass:
616
Containing germanium, Ge:
This subclass is indented under subclass 613. Subject matter
wherein the semiconducting material other than silicon or
gallium arsenide contains germanium (Ge).
Subclass:
617
INCLUDING REGION CONTAINING CRYSTAL DAMAGE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device includes a region which has
crystal damage.
(1) Note. The crystal damage may have been caused by
charged or elementary particles bombardment of a particular
region.
Subclass:
618
PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL,
GROOVE, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device has a particular physical
form, such as a mesa or bevel or groove.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
171 for regenerative devices with edge features (e.g.,
bevels).
496 for devices with physical configuration (e.g., bevels)
to increase breakdown voltage threshold.
586 for bipolar transistor devices with non-planar
semiconductor surfaces (e.g., bevels).
Subclass:
619
With thin active central semiconductor portion surrounded by
thicker inactive shoulder (e.g., for mechanical support):
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
wherein the device has a thin active central configuration
which is surrounded by a thicker inactive shoulder region
(e.g., for mechanical support).
Subclass:
620
With peripheral feature due to separation of smaller
semiconductor chip from larger wafer (e.g., scribe region, or
means to prevent edge effects such as leakage current at
peripheral chip separation area):
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
wherein the physical configuration is at the periphery of the
semiconductor chip due to the separation of the chip from a
larger wafer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297 for insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate
transistor combined with capacitor devices with charge
leakage (e.g., dark current leakage) protection means.
349 for SOI devices with means to prevent leakage current.
547 for integrated circuit devices with pn junction
isolation and structural means to control leakage current.
Subclass:
621
With electrical contact in hole in semiconductor (e.g., lead
extends through semiconductor body):
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
wherein the physical configuration is a hole in the
semiconductor through which an electrical contact extends.
Subclass:
622
Groove:
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
in which there is a physical groove in a surface of the
semiconductor device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
117 and 118, for light activated regenerative type devices
having a groove, e.g., that contains a light conductor.
127 for a bidirectional rectifier with control electrode and
a groove or guard ring to separate the device into sections
having different conductive polarity.
170 for a regenerative type device with a groove or other
surface feature to increase breakdown voltage.
244 for a charge transfer device having a groove.
283 for a JFET with Schottky gate closely aligned with
source region with a groove or overhang for alignment.
284 for a JFET with Schottky gate in a groove.
330 through 334, for a short channel IGFET with a gate
electrode in a groove for controlling a vertical portion of
the device channel.
397 for an IGFET in an integrated circuit with a thick
insulator portion recessed in a vertical walled groove in the
semiconductor surface to prevent parasitic conduction
channels.
466 for a light responsive device with a physical
configuration feature (e.g., a groove).
534 for a passive component located in a groove in an
integrated circuit device.
571 for Darlington configuration bipolar transistor
structure having a nonplanar structure (e.g., a groove).
586 for a bipolar transistor structure with a nonplanar
surface (e.g., a groove).
589 for a voltage variable capacitance device with means to
increase active junction area (e.g., a groove).
Subclass:
623
Mesa structure (e.g., including undercut or stepped mesa
configuration or having constant slope taper):
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
wherein the physical configuration is that of a mesa (e.g.,
there is at least one flat topped protrusion above the rest
of the surface of the semiconductor body).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
170 for regenerative devices with mesa structure.
452 and 466, for light responsive devices with mesa
structure.
571 for bipolar transistors with mesa structure.
600 for voltage variable capacitance active solid-state
devices with mesa structure.
Subclass:
624
With low resistance ohmic connection means along exposed mesa
edge (e.g., contact or heavily doped region along exposed
mesa to reduce "skin effect" losses in microwave diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 623. Subject matter
wherein there is a low resistance ohmic connection means
along the exposed edge of the mesa.
Subclass:
625
Semiconductor body including mesa is intimately bonded to
thick electrical and/or thermal conductor member of larger
lateral extent than semiconductor body (e.g., "plated heat
sink" microwave diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 623. Subject matter
wherein the mesa semiconductor body is intimately bonded
(e.g., by electroplating the semiconductor with a thick metal
layer) to a thick electrical and/or thermal conductor member
of larger lateral extent than the semiconductor body.
Subclass:
626
Combined with passivating coating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 623. Subject matter
wherein there is a surface protectant or passivating coating
on the surface of the mesa physical configuration.
Subclass:
627
With specified crystal plane or axis:
This subclass is indented under subclass 618. Subject matter
wherein the physical configuration of the device is along a
specified crystal plane or axis.
Subclass:
628
Major crystal plane or axis other than (100), (110), or (111)
(e.g., (731) axis, crystal plane several degrees from (100)
toward (011), etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 627. Subject matter
wherein the major crystal plane or axis is other than (100),
(110), or (111).
Subclass:
629
WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active junction device has means
to modify (e.g., reduce, or eliminate) electrical field
effects which take place at the device surface or to modify
(e.g., reduce or eliminate) inhomogeneities in electrical
properties of a semiconductor crystal region due to effects
caused by the discontinuity of the crystal lattice at the
surface.
(1) Note. Such effects include formation of an inversion
layer of minority carriers at the semiconductor surface, or
depletion of majority carriers at the semiconductor surface,
due to charge in an insulating coating on the surface or due
to dangling bonds where the crystal structure of the
semiconductor ends at the surface, leakage current via charge
flow over a surface rather than through it, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
487 for a semiconductor device provided with means to
increase breakdown voltage of the device (which may involve
surface effects).
Subclass:
630
With inversion-preventing shield electrode:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Subject matter
wherein the means to control surface effects includes an
electrode, insulated from the semiconductor surface, which
electrode is configured to prevent inversion of the
conductivity type of the surface due to surface effects.
Subclass:
631
In compound semiconductor material (e.g., GaAs):
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Subject matter
wherein the means to control surface effects are provided in
a compound semiconductor material (e.g., GaAs).
Subclass:
632
Insulating coating:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Subject matter
wherein there is a surface coating of electrically insulating
material on the semiconductor body to control surface
effects.
Subclass:
633
With thermal expansion compensation (e.g., thermal expansion
of glass passivant matched to that of semiconductor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating coating includes means to compensate
for mismatches in thermal expansion coefficient between
different portions of the device, such as forming the
insulating coating of a material which closely matches the
thermal expansion coefficient of the underlying
semiconductor.
(1) Note. Typical semiconductor materials, such as silicon,
have extremely low thermal expansion coefficients, and thus,
low thermal expansion materials such as Corning Code 7740
PYREX (TM) borosilicate glass closely match the expansion
coefficient of the semiconductor, and help to prevent thermal
expansion induced stress or cracking.
Subclass:
634
Insulating coating of glass composition containing component
to adjust melting or softening temperature (e.g., low melting
point glass):
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating coating comprises a glass composition
containing a component to adjust the melting or softening
temperature.
(1) Note. A commonly used additive to lower the melting
point of silica (silicon dioxide) is phosphorous oxide,
producing phosphosilicate glass.
(2) Note. Such layers are typically provided so that the
device can be heated to the softening point of the glass to
cause it to flow and smooth out sharp edges on the
semiconductor surface that might adversely affect
subsequently deposited layers. Hence, such a layer is often
called a reflow glass layer.
Subclass:
635
Multiple layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating coating comprises multiple layers on
the surface of the semiconductor body.
Subclass:
636
At least one layer of semi-insulating material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the multiple insulating layers is
made of a semi-insulating material (i.e., has a resistivity
between that of a semiconductor and that of an insulator).
Subclass:
637
Three or more insulating layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein there are three or more insulating coatings on the
surface of the semiconductor body.
Subclass:
638
With discontinuous or varying thickness layer (e.g., layer
covers only selected portions of semiconductor):
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein there are discontinuous or varying thickness layers
in at least one of the multiple insulating layers over the
semiconductor body.
Subclass:
639
At least one layer of silicon oxynitride:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the multiple insulating layers is
made of a mixture of the oxides and nitrides of silicon.
Subclass:
640
At least one layer of silicon nitride:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein there is at least one layer of silicon nitride in the
multiple insulating layers on the semiconductor body.
Subclass:
641
Combined with glass layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 640. Subject matter
wherein in addition to the layer of silicon nitride, there is
at least one layer of glass in the multiple insulating layers
on the semiconductor body.
(1) Note. For purposes of the definitions of this class, a
material is considered to be a glass if it is amorphous
(i.e., non-crystalline, and its major constituents are a
mixture of oxides of more than one element). An oxide of a
single element, such as silicon dioxide, is not regarded as a
glass layer, while a mixture of phosphorus oxide and silicon
dioxide (phosphosilicate glass) would be regarded as a
glass.
Subclass:
642
At least one layer of organic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein at least one insulating layer comprises an organic
compound, i.e., one which has a molecule characterized by two
carbon atoms bonded together, one atom of carbon being bonded
to at least one atom of hydrogen or a halogen, or one atom or
carbon bonded to at least one atom of nitrogen by a single or
double bond, certain compounds such as HCN, CN-CN, HNCO,
HNCS, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, fulminic acid and metal
carbides, being exceptions to this rule.
(1) Note. The definition of an organic compound here is the
same as in Class 260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds.
Subclass:
643
Polyimide or polyamide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 642. Subject matter
wherein the at least one organic insulating layer comprises
polyamide (i.e., a polymeric compound) resulting from
replacement of an atom of hydrogen in an organic amine by an
organic univalent acid radical, or polyimide, i.e., a
polymeric compound resulting from replacement of both atoms
of hydrogen in an organic amine by organic univalent acid
radicals or by an organic divalent acid radical.
(1) Note. Polyamides are copolymers (polymers formed from
at least two different starting organic materials) which have
a linkage, as illustrated below, between the starting
materials, where R is typically hydrogen and Q[subscrpt]1[end
subscrpt] and Q[subscrpt]2 [end subscrpt]are the organic
residues of the starting monomers.
(2) Note. Linkage between the starting materials,
illustrated below.
Subclass:
644
At least one layer of glass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject
matter, wherein there is at least one layer of glass in the
multiple insulating layers on the semiconductor body.
(1) Note. For purposes of the definitions of this class, a
material is considered to be a glass if it is amorphous
(i.e., non-crystalline) and its major constituents are a
mixture of oxides of more than one element. An oxide of a
single element, such as silicon dioxide, is not regarded as a
glass layer, while a mixture of phosphorus oxide and silicon
dioxide (phosphosilicate glass) would be regarded as a
glass.
Subclass:
645
Insulating layer containing specified electrical charge
(e.g., net negative electrical charge):
This subclass is indented under subclass 635. Subject matter
wherein the multiple insulating layers, or at least one of
the insulating layers, has a specified electrical charge.
Subclass:
646
Coating of semi-insulating material (e.g., amorphous silicon
or silicon-rich silicon oxide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating layer is composed of a semi-insulating
material.
Subclass:
647
Insulating layer recessed into semiconductor surface (e.g.,
LOCOS oxide):
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating layer is recessed into the
semiconductor surface.
(1) Note. This type of recessed insulator may typically be
LOCOS (Local Oxidation of Silicon) oxide, which is formed by
oxidizing the silicon surface in areas not covered by an
oxidation resistant mask, so that oxide is formed which is
recessed into the semiconductor by approximately 1/2 of its
thickness due to consumption of silicon to form the silicon
oxide. LOCOS oxide may also be recessed fully to be
substantially flush with the surface (except in areas at the
edge of the oxide, wherein ridges known as "birdheads" (due
to their shape) occur, which taper off to small thickness
oxide portions in areas protected by the oxidation resistant
mask (these tapering portions are called the "bird's beak").
Subclass:
648
Combined with channel stop region in semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 647. Subject matter
wherein the recessed insulating layer is combined with a
channel stop region, i.e., a region of heavy doping
concentration in the underlying semiconductor surface to
prevent inversion of the surface by formation of a layer of
induced minority carriers.
Subclass:
649
Insulating layer of silicon nitride or silicon oxynitride:
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating layer is composed of silicon nitride
or of a mixture of silicon oxide and silicon nitride.
Subclass:
650
Insulating layer of glass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the insulating layer is composed of glass.
(1) Note. For purposes of the definitions of this class, a
material is considered to be a glass if it is amorphous
(i.e., non-crystalline) and its major constituents are a
mixture of oxides of more than one element. An oxide of a
single element, such as silicon dioxide, is not regarded as a
glass layer, while a mixture of phosphorus oxide and silicon
dioxide (phosphosilicate glass) would be regarded as a
glass.
Subclass:
651
Details of insulating layer electrical charge (e.g., negative
insulator layer charge):
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
wherein the electrical charge characteristics of an
insulating layer are specified.
Subclass:
652
Channel stop layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 629. Subject matter
wherein the means to control surface effects comprises a
channel stop region (i.e., a region of heavy doping
concentration in the underlying semiconductor surface to
prevent inversion of the surface by formation of a layer of
induced minority carriers).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305 for insulated gate capacitor in trench or insulated gate
transistor combined with capacitor in trench with a channel
stop.
349 for SOI devices with buried channel stop layer.
354 for SOI devices with channel stop regions in single
crystal island edges.
376 and 398 through 400, for IGFET integrated circuit
devices with channel stop layers used to prevent parasitic
conduction channels.
519 for integrated circuit devices with PN junction and
dielectric in groove isolation with heavily doped channel
stop region adjacent to groove.
Subclass:
653
WITH SPECIFIED SHAPE OF PN JUNCTION:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the device has at least one junction
between semiconductor regions of opposite conductivity type
(P and N), and wherein the interface between at least one P
region and its adjoining N region has a specified shape or
geometrical configuration.
Subclass:
654
Interdigitated pn junction or more heavily doped side of
junction is concave:
This subclass is indented under subclass 653. Subject matter
wherein the device has at least one pn junction which is
interdigitated (i.e., in which plural layers or fingers of n
type material alternate with plural layers or fingers of
p-type material, with then-type layers or fingers being parts
of a single unitary n region and the p-type layers or fingers
being parts of a single unitary p-region).
(1) Note. Interdigitated configurations are frequently used
to increase the amount of PN junction area in a given volume
of semiconductor material.
Subclass:
655
WITH SPECIFIED IMPURITY CONCENTRATION GRADIENT:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device includes
at least one region of semiconductor material with a
specified profile or gradient of impurity doping
concentration.
(1) Note. Examples of impurity concentration gradients
include reverse gradient profiles (i.e., wherein the doping
concentration is lighter toward the semiconductor surface or
away from a pn junction) or a radial concentration profile).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
101 for light emitting devices with specified dopant
concentration or concentration profile.
219 through 221, for charge transfer field effect majority
signal carrier devices with impurity concentration variations
(e.g., in the device channel).
335 through 343, for short channel IGFETs with graded dopant
concentration in the active channel region that decreases
with distance from the source region.
548 for integrated circuits with pn junction isolation
having at least three regions of alternating conductivity
types with dopant concentration gradients decreasing from the
surface of the semiconductor.
596 and 597, for a voltage variable capacitance device with
specified dopant profile (e.g., retrograde dopant profile).
929 for a pn junction isolated integrated circuit with
isolation walls having minimum dopant concentration at an
intermediate depth in an epitaxial layer.
Subclass:
656
With high resistivity (e.g., "intrinsic") layer between P and
N layers (e.g., PIN diode):
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
wherein the device has a P doped region and an N doped
region, separated by a region with very low impurity doping,
so that the region is of high resistivity or "intrinsic"
(undoped) semiconductor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
458 for light responsive PIN devices
Subclass:
657
Stepped profile:
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
wherein the device includes at least one region of the same
conductivity type (P or N) wherein the doping concentration
varies abruptly (e.g., a P+ to P- junction).
Subclass:
658
PLATE TYPE RECTIFIER ARRAY:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter in which the device comprises plates of
material each of which is coated with a layer of
semiconductor material (e.g., copper oxide or selenium) which
forms a rectifying barrier junction, the device being made up
of several flat conductive plates and semiconductor material
layers to form a rectifier array.
(1) Note. Typical rectifiers of this type include (a)
copper oxide rectifiers in which the rectifying barrier is a
junction between metallic copper plate and cuprous oxide
layer coated on one side of the plate and (b) selenium
rectifier in which a thin layer of selenium is formed on one
side of an aluminum plate with a highly conductive metal
coated over the selenium. If the semiconductor material is
specifically recited as selenium or tellurium, or an oxide of
a metal such as copper oxide, the patent will be classified
in the appropriate one of subclasses 42 or 43.
(2) Note. This type of device has generally been replaced
with more modern devices, including silicon rectifiers.
Subclass:
659
WITH SHIELDING (E.G., ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC SHIELDING, OR
FROM ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OR CHARGED PARTICLES):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter in which means is provided for protecting an
active solid-state device by providing a barrier to prevent
electrical or magnetic radiation or fields or charged
particles from reaching the device, or to limit the amount of
such radiation or particles reaching the device.
(1) Note. This subject matter is to be distinguished from
that found in the cross-reference art collection entitled
"radiation hardening", which encompasses subject matter which
does not attempt to shield the device from electric or
magnetic or electromagnetic radiation or charged particles,
but is used to prevent or limit the damage caused to a device
by such radiation or particles which reach the device.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
297 for shielding against alpha particles in dynamic random
access memory (DRAM) structures.
422 for magnetic field shielding in magnetic field sensor
active solid-state devices.
435 for light shields in light responsive active solid-state
devices.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 32 for
miscellaneous anti-inductive structures, particularly
indented subclasses 35+ for miscellaneous electrical shields
and screen structures not elsewhere classifiable.
307, Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 91 for anti-induction or coupling to other systems
with magnetic or electrostatic field control (e.g.,
shielding).
315, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, subclass
85 for gaseous tube systems with electromagnetic wave
radiation prevention or shielding means.
330, Amplifiers, subclass 68 for amplifiers with shielding
means.
331, Oscillators, subclass 67 for oscillators combined with
electromagnetic or electrostatic shield means.
333, Wave Transmission Lines and Networks, subclass 12 for
transmission line inductive or radiation interference
systems.
334, Tuners, subclass 85 for radio tuners with shielding
means.
336, Inductor Devices, subclass 84 for induction devices
with electric or magnetic shield means.
338, Electrical Resistors, subclass 64 for electrical
resistors with electrical shield means.
343, Communications: Radio Wave Antennas, 841 for antenna
structure with electric shield means.
348, Television, 825 a for cathode-ray tube support and 836+
for cabinet or chassis of a television receiver in general.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 816 for
radio interference type shielding means.
Subclass:
660
With means to shield device contained in housing or package
from charged particles (e.g., alpha particles) or highly
ionizing radiation (i.e., hard X-rays or shorter
wavelength):
This subclass is indented under subclass 659. Subject matter
wherein the device is provided with means to shield it from
charged particles or highly ionizing radiation contained in a
housing or package separate and apart from the shielding
means.
Subclass:
661
SUPERCONDUCTIVE CONTACT OR LEAD:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device contains,
or is connected to, an electrical contact or lead (pronounced
"leed") which is made of a material whose electrical
resistivity drops to zero at a particular temperature called
a critical transition temperature (Tc).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 15.4 and 125.1
for superconducting conductors.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 2 for methods of forming an
semiconductor device having a superconductive component
thereon.
505, Superconductor Technology: Apparatus, Material,
Process, subclass 1 for high temperature superconductor
materials and subclasses 884+ for superconductive electrical
conductors.
Subclass:
662
Transmission line or shielded:
Subject matter under 661 in which the superconductive
electrical lead has controlled electrical characteristics
designed to convey high frequency (e.g., greater than 3
megahertz) signals or narrow pulse signals; or is surrounded
by a separate electrical conductor or envelope, called a
shield, designed to minimize the effects of nearby electrical
circuits.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 32 for
miscellaneous anti-inductive structures, particularly
indented subclasses 35+ for miscellaneous electrical shields
and screen structures not elsewhere classifiable.
307, Electrical Transmission or Interconnection Systems,
subclass 91 for anti-induction or coupling to other systems
with magnetic or electrostatic field control (e.g.,
shielding).
315, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices: Systems, subclass
85 for gaseous tube systems with electromagnetic wave
radiation prevention or shielding means.
330, Amplifiers, subclass 68 for amplifiers with shielding
means.
331, Oscillators, subclass 67 for oscillators combined with
electromagnetic or electrostatic shield means.
333, Wave Transmission Lines and Networks, subclass 12 for
transmission line inductive or radiation interference
systems.
334, Tuners, subclass 85 for radio tuners with shielding
means.
336, Inductor Devices, subclass 84 for induction devices
with electric or magnetic shield means.
338, Electrical Resistors, subclass 64 for electrical
resistors with electrical shield means.
343, Communications: Radio Wave Antennas, 841 for antenna
structure with electric shield means.
348, Television, subclass 820 for a cathode-ray tube video
display with electric or magnetic shielding means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 816 for
radio interference type shielding means.
Subclass:
663
On integrated circuit:
Subject matter under 661 in which the superconductive contact
or lead is associated with an electrical network made up of
more than one electronic device, including at least one
active solid-state electronic device, in a unitary
structure.
Subclass:
664
TRANSMISSION LINE LEAD (E.G., STRIPLINE, COAX, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device is
provided with an electrical connection or lead with
controlled electrical characteristics used to transmit
high-frequency, e.g., greater than 3 megahertz, or narrow
pulse signals to or from the device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
333, Wave Transmission Lines and Networks, appropriate
subclasses for transmission lines, per se.
Subclass:
665
CONTACTS OR LEADS INCLUDING FUSIBLE LINK MEANS OR NOISE
SUPPRESSION MEANS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device is
provided with electrical contacts or leads (pronounced
"leeds") which contain portions which have a composition or
are made so that they will melt at a relatively low
temperature to form an open circuit and thereby protect the
device in case excessive current, e.g., a current spike from
lightning, or voltage is provided to the contact or lead, or
contains means designed to suppress unwanted electrical
disturbances in the electrical contacts or leads.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, subclass 96
for a fusible link storage member.
Subclass:
666
LEAD FRAME:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device is
provided with a conductive metal network which may have
relatively large area portions, commonly called pads or
flags, for direct contact with semiconductor chips or dice,
and lead elements for facilitating electrical interconnection
of the chips or dies via intermediate (e.g., jumper)
connections to other electronic devices or components.
(1) Note. Lead frames also have other portions, usually
called "ties", which interconnect the pad or flag portions
with the lead portions prior to assembly of the lead frame in
an electronic package or housing, but which are removed
during package assembly.
(1) Note. See the illustration, below: [figure]
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 739, especially subclass 741, for means to
fasten electrical component to wiring means, base, or
substrate, including a multi-lead component; and subclass 834
for beam lead frames or beam lead devices.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 52.4
for flat pack electronic device mounting means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
813 for lead frames, per se, not associated with a
solid-state active electronic device of the type classified
in Class 257.
428, Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, 571 for stock
materials of metal which have marginal indexing features or
weakened portion for severing. Lead frames are commonly made
in long strips of repeating patterns with such indexing
and/or severing features.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 111 and 123+ for methods of packaging utilizing
a lead frame; see the search notes therein.
Subclass:
667
With dam or vent for encapsulant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
with a portion or portions to block encapsulant flow,
typically from flowing out of a mold during an encapsulation
process, or vent means (e.g., grooves in lead frame leads) to
permit egress to the atmosphere for air or other gases which
are inside a mold during encapsulation.
Subclass:
668
On insulating carrier other than a printed circuit board:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein the lead frame is mounted on an insulating carrier
other than a printed circuit board.
(1) Note. Printed circuit boards alone, or with one or more
solid-state electronic devices mounted thereon are not
classified herein, but are found in Class 174, Electricity:
Conductors and Insulators, or Class 361, Electricity:
Electrical Systems and Devices. See the class definitions
for Classes 174 and 361 for the line of demarkation between
these two classes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 52.1 and 260
for printed circuit boards in combination with one or more
electronic solid-state devices.
Subclass:
669
With stress relief:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to alleviate stresses and strains
(e.g., mechanical or thermal stresses) to which a lead frame
is subjected.
Subclass:
670
With separate tie bar element or plural tie bars:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
in which a frame element used to tie or connect a
semiconductor chip pad/flag and/or lead fingers frame members
is a separate element and not part of the lead frame itself
or wherein plural tie bar elements are provided as part of a
lead frame.
Subclass:
671
Of insulating material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 670. Subject matter
wherein the separate tie bar element or the plural tie bars
are made of electrically insulating material.
Subclass:
672
Small lead frame (e.g., "spider" frame) for connecting a
large lead frame to a semiconductor chip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein the means used to interconnect a chip or die to a
large lead frame is a small lead frame with contact elements
radiating from a central location for interconnection with a
chip mounted on a large lead frame chip pad at that location
to peripheral locations for interconnection with large lead
frame leads.
Subclass:
673
With bumps on ends of lead fingers to connect to
semiconductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein bump contacts are located at or near the ends of lead
fingers to provide contact with a semiconductor chip.
Subclass:
674
With means for controlling lead tension:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein means are provided for controlling the tension under
which an electrical lead is placed including, for example, a
bend in the lead, an area of reduced lead thickness, etc.
Subclass:
675
With heat sink means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein a heat sink means is provided, either as part of the
lead frame or in addition to the lead frame for cooling the
active solid-state device.
Subclass:
676
With structure for mounting semiconductor chip to lead frame
(e.g., configuration of die bonding flag, absence of a die
bonding flag, recess for LED):
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein the lead frame is provided with specified structure
means to mount a semiconductor chip thereto, or is specified
to not have a pad for mounting the chip.
(1) Note. This structure may, for example, have a
particular configuration such as a flag shape.
Subclass:
677
Of specified material other than copper (e.g., Kovar
(T.M.)):
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
wherein the electrically conductive lead frame is made up of
a specific material other copper, which is a common material
for lead frames.
Subclass:
678
HOUSING OR PACKAGE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein preformed physical means to cover or
protect a solid-state electronic device is provided
therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
81 and 82, for a light emitting device in combination with
or also constituting a light responsive device and with
specific housing structure.
99 for light emitting device with specific housing
structure.
177 through 182, for a regenerative type switching device
with housing or external electrode.
433 and 434, for light responsive device with housing or
encapsulation means.
573 for Darlington configuration bipolar transistor
structure with housing or contact structure.
584 for enlarged emitter device bipolar transistor means
having housing or contact.
602 for a voltage variable capacitance device with specified
housing or contact.
660 for means to shield a device contained in a housing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems or Devices, 679 for
housings and mounting assemblies for electronic devices and
components.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 106 for methods of packaging; see the search
notes therein.
Subclass:
679
Smart (e.g., credit) card package:
Subject matter under 678 wherein the housing or package is in
a form which permits it to be used as a credit card.
(1) Note. A smart card is one which contains a
microprocessor chip.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
235, Registers, subclass 487 and indented subclasses for
coded records including electronic credit cards, per se.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 736 and
752+ for modules for printed circuits or housing or chassis
for printed circuit boards.
Subclass:
680
With window means:
Subject matter under 678 wherein the housing or package has a
physical opening or area otherwise transparent to
ultraviolet, visible, or infrared light.
Subclass:
681
For erasing EPROM:
This subclass is indented under subclass 680. Subject matter
wherein the window means is provided for transmitting light
to erase an electrically programmable read-only memory
(EPROM).
Subclass:
682
With desiccant, getter, or gas filling:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
including a desiccant (i.e., a material for absorbing
moisture); a getter (i.e., a material which absorbs
undesirable semiconductor, housing or package contaminants);
or wherein a gaseous material fills the housing or package.
Subclass:
683
With means to prevent explosion of package:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
including means to prevent explosion of a housing or
package.
Subclass:
684
With semiconductor element forming part (e.g., base, of
housing):
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein part of the housing is formed by a semiconductor
element.
(1) Note. The semiconductor element may have an inactive
portion connected to the rest of the housing, and another
portion forming an active device, for example. Frequently
the semiconductor element forms the base of the housing,
through which leads are inserted.
Subclass:
685
Multiple housings:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein more than one housing is provided for a solid-state
active electronic device, or wherein plural housings, each
containing one or more solid-state active devices, are
constructed as a unitary structure.
(1) Note. One housing may be located within another
housing.
Subclass:
686
Stacked arrangement:
This subclass is indented under subclass 685. Subject matter
wherein a plurality of housings are placed one upon another,
vertically.
Subclass:
687
Housing or package filled with solid or liquid electrically
insulating material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package is filled with a solid or
liquid electrically insulating material.
(1) Note. Encapsulated devices are excluded from this
subclass and are not considered to be housings or packages as
defined in subclass 678 which requires them to be preformed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
729, 730+, and 744+ for various modules for printed circuit
boards.
Subclass:
688
With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with
opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by
an insulating element, e.g., ring:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the package or housing has two large area electrodes
which are in press contact with opposite sides of a
semiconductor chip and wherein the electrode edges are
surrounded by an electrically insulating medium (e.g., a
ring).
(1) Note. Search this class, subclass 181 for such
housings which specifically contain a regenerative active
solid-state device (e.g., an SCR or thyristor).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
181 for similar electrodes with regenerative type devices.
785 for electrodes combined with an active semiconductor
electronic device by pressure alone.
Subclass:
689
Rigid electrode portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Subject matter
wherein the large area electrodes are rigid in whole or in
part.
(1) Note. These type devices typically employ relatively
massive electrodes to operate at large current densities.
Subclass:
690
With contact or lead:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the device is provided with a contact or lead, in
addition to or as part of the package or housing.
Subclass:
691
Having power distribution means (e.g., bus structure):
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter
wherein the contact or lead includes means for distributing
electrical power to one or more active solid-state devices
within the package or housing.
Subclass:
692
With particular lead geometry:
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter
wherein the contact or lead provided as part of or in
addition to the package or housing has a specified
geometrical configuration.
Subclass:
693
External connection to housing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 692. Subject matter
wherein the contact or lead having a specified geometry
comprises an electrical connection for connecting the package
or housing and its contained active solid-state device to
other electrical devices or circuits.
Subclass:
694
Axial leads:
This subclass is indented under subclass 693. Subject matter
wherein the leads or contacts which form an external
connection to the housing or package extend out opposite ends
along an axis of symmetry of a housing or package.
Subclass:
695
Fanned/radial leads:
This subclass is indented under subclass 693. Subject matter
wherein the leads or contacts which form an external
connection to the housing or package extend radially outward
from the package.
(1) Note. See illustration, below. [figure]
Subclass:
696
Bent (e.g., J-shaped) lead:
This subclass is indented under subclass 693. Subject matter
wherein the leads or contacts which form an external
connection to the housing or package include one or more
leads which have a curved end portion (e.g., for mounting on
the top surface of a printed circuit board).
(1) Note. See illustration, below. [figure]
Subclass:
697
Pin grid type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 693. Subject matter
wherein the leads or contacts which form an external
connection to the housing or package are in the form of a
grid or matrix of elongated pins.
(1) Note. See illustration, below. [figure]
Subclass:
698
With specific electrical feedthrough structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter
wherein a specific structure is provided for feeding
electrical contacts or leads into or out of the housing or
package.
Subclass:
699
Housing entirely of metal except for feedthrough structure:
Subject matter under 698 wherein the housing or package is
made entirely of metal except for the portion wherein the
electrical contacts or leads are fed through.
(1) Note. Typically, an insulator is placed in the
feedthrough portion of a metal housing to prevent electrical
short circuiting of the leads to the housing.
Subclass:
700
Multiple contact layers separated from each other by
insulator means and forming part of a package or housing
(e.g., plural ceramic layer package):
This subclass is indented under subclass 690. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package combined with a contact or
lead structure is in the form of a multiple layered
insulating composite with plural electrical connection layers
located between layers of insulator material.
Subclass:
701
Insulating material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package is made of an electrically
insulating material.
Subclass:
702
Of insulating material other than ceramic:
Subject matter under 701 wherein the housing is made of
electrically insulating material other than ceramic (e.g.,
the housing is made of glass or of a single crystal insulator
material).
(1) Note. A ceramic is a polycrystalline, non-metallic,
non-organic material, such as fired polycrystalline aluminum
oxide, typically made by firing a compressed and shaped
powder at high temperatures to fuse the powder together.
Subclass:
703
Composite ceramic, or single ceramic with metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 701. Subject matter
wherein the housing is a composite made up of at least two
ceramic materials (e.g., alumina and beryllia) or of a single
ceramic material with a metal.
Subclass:
704
Cap or lid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 701. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package is provided with a cap or
lid.
Subclass:
705
Of high thermal conductivity ceramic (e.g., BeO):
This subclass is indented under subclass 701. Subject matter
wherein the housing is made of ceramic which has high thermal
conductivity to promote heat dissipation from the housing.
Subclass:
706
With heat sink:
This subclass is indented under subclass 701. Subject matter
wherein the insulating housing has a heat sink to dissipate
heat.
(1) Note. The heat sink may be located in a cavity in a
base member made of ceramic material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses directed to cooling means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclasses
688-723 for cooling means for electronic devices or
components with housings or mounting assemblies.
Subclass:
707
Directly attached to semiconductor device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 706. Subject matter
wherein the heat sink is attached directly to the
semiconductor device.
Subclass:
708
Entirely of metal except for feedthrough:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package is made entirely of metal
except for the portion wherein the electrical contacts or
leads are fed through.
(1) Note. Typically, an insulator is placed in the
feedthrough portion of a metal housing to prevent electrical
short circuiting of the leads to the housing.
Subclass:
709
With specified insulator to isolate device from housing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708. Subject matter
wherein a specific insulator means is provided to
electrically isolate the active solid-state device contained
in the metal package or housing from the metal package or
housing to prevent electrical short circuits due to the
housing or package.
Subclass:
710
With specified means (e.g., lip) to seal base to cap:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708. Subject matter
wherein specific means are provided to seal the cap to the
base such as, for example, a bead or lip or boss around the
periphery of the base.
Subclass:
711
With raised portion of base for mounting semiconductor chip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 708. Subject matter
wherein a portion of the base is raised above the rest of the
base and the raised portion provides a base on which to mount
a semiconductor chip with an active solid-state device
therein or thereon.
Subclass:
712
With provision for cooling the housing or its contents:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein means for cooling the housing or its contents are
provided in addition to natural cooling processes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses directed to cooling means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclasses
688-723, for cooling means for electronic devices or
components with housings or mounting assemblies.
Subclass:
713
For integrated circuit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the solid-state electronic device for which cooling
means is provided is an integrated circuit, which is a
semiconductor substrate which contains a plurality of active
solid-state electronic devices.
Subclass:
714
Liquid coolant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the means provided for cooling the housing or its
contents is a liquid.
Subclass:
715
Boiling (evaporative) liquid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714. Subject matter
wherein the cooling means involves boiling a liquid to
provide evaporative cooling.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses directed to liquid cooling means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 699 for
liquid cooling means for electronic devices or components
with housings or mounting assemblies.
Subclass:
716
Cryogenic liquid coolant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 714. Subject matter
wherein the cooling means uses a liquid to maintain device
temperatures at or below 100 degrees Kelvin.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses directed to liquid cooling means.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 699 for
liquid cooling means for electronic devices or components
with housings or mounting assemblies.
Subclass:
717
Isolation of cooling means (e.g., heat sink) by an
electrically insulating element (e.g., spacer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein an insulating element is used to physically separate
a cooling means from an active solid-state electronic device
or a housing therefor.
Subclass:
718
Heat dissipating element held in place by clamping or spring
means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein an element for dissipating heat is held in place by
means to clamp it to the device or vice versa, or by a spring
to position the device and heat dissipating element in
thermal contact with each other.
Subclass:
719
Pressed against semiconductor element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 718. Subject matter
wherein the heat dissipating element and the active device
are in press contact with each other.
Subclass:
720
Heat dissipating element has high thermal conductivity insert
(e.g., copper slug in aluminum heat sink):
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the heat dissipating element has a relatively high
thermal conductivity vis-a-vis a larger (main) heat sink into
which it is inserted (e.g., a copper slug in an aluminum heat
sink).
Subclass:
721
With gas coolant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 712. Subject matter
wherein the cooling means uses a gas to provide the cooling
(e.g., by convection).
Subclass:
722
With fins:
This subclass is indented under subclass 721. Subject matter
wherein the cooling means has fins, i.e., long, thin, blade
like structures used to dissipate heat to the gas coolant.
Subclass:
723
For plural devices:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein a package or housing is provided for more than one
electronic device, at least one of the electronic devices
being an active solid-state device.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 50 for
housings and printed circuits.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
729 and 730+ for plural housing modules.
Subclass:
724
With discrete components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 723. Subject matter
wherein at least some of the electronic components are in the
form of an individual device per semiconductor chip, as
contrasted to a single integrated circuit containing plural
semiconductor devices. The discrete components may be active
solid-state devices or passive components such as resistors,
capacitors, or inductors.
Subclass:
725
With electrical isolation means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 723. Subject matter
wherein means are provided to electrically isolate the plural
devices from each other.
Subclass:
726
Devices held in place by clamping:
This subclass is indented under subclass 725. Subject matter
wherein the plural devices which are electrically isolated
are held in place by clamp means, i.e., by means which press
devices into place.
Subclass:
727
Device held in place by clamping:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein at least one of the plural devices is held in place
by clamp means (i.e., by means which press a device into
place).
Subclass:
728
For high frequency (e.g., microwave) device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the active solid-state device provided with a housing
or package is a high frequency solid-state electronic device
operating at high frequencies, such as microwave frequencies
or above.
Subclass:
729
Portion of housing of specific materials:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein at least a portion of the housing or package is made
of specific materials.
Subclass:
730
Outside periphery of package having specified shape or
configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the outside periphery of a package or housing has a
particular shape or configuration.
Subclass:
731
With housing mount:
This subclass is indented under subclass 678. Subject matter
wherein the housing or package has means (e.g., a flange or
threaded stud) for attaching the housing to a support.
(1) Note. Search this class, subclass 180 for housings or
packages of this type which specifically contain a
regenerative type switching device such as an SCR or
thyristor.
Subclass:
732
Flanged mount:
This subclass is indented under subclass 731. Subject matter
wherein the housing mount is a flange with openings therein
(e.g., threaded holes) to permit the housing to be attached
(e.g., by fasteners) to a support.
Subclass:
733
Stud mount:
This subclass is indented under subclass 731. Subject matter
wherein the housing mount is a threaded element shaped like a
bolt extending from the housing for fastening into a threaded
hole in a support.
Subclass:
734
COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device is
provided with one or more electrical contacts or leads.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
41 for point contact rectifiers.
44 through 47, for devices with a metal contact alloyed to
elemental semiconductor type PN junction in a
non-regenerative structure.
54 for Schottky barrier to amorphous semiconductor material
device.
73 for Schottky barrier to polycrystalline semiconductor
material device.
81 and 82, for light emitter combined with or also
constituting a light responsive device and having a specific
housing or contact structure.
91 for plural light emitting devices with shaped contacts or
opaque masking.
99 for light emitting devices with specified housing or
contact structure.
145 for a regenerative type device combined with a FET with
extended latching current level and a low impedance channel
contact extending below the device surface.
155 and 156, for a regenerative type device with switching
speed enhancing means (e.g., a Schottky contact).
177 through 182, for a regenerative type device with housing
or external electrode.
217 for a majority signal carrier charge transfer device
with a conductive means in direct contact with channel (e.g.,
a non-insulated gate).
260 for JFET having the same channel controlled by, for
example, Schottky barrier and pn junction gates.
276 for a JFET in a microwave integrated circuit with a
contact or heat sink extending through a hole in the
semiconductor.
280 through 284, for JFETs with a Schottky gate electrode.
316 through 322, for a variable threshold insulated
electrical field effect device with additional contacted
control electrode.
343 for graded channel dopant IGFET device with plural
sections connected in parallel and having all contacts on the
same surface.
382 through 385, for an IGFET in an integrated circuit with
a refractory material contact to source or drain region.
449 through 457, for Schottky contacts in light responsive
devices.
471 through 486, for Schottky contact devices.
502 for high power integrated circuit devices with
electrical isolation and a backside collector contact.
503 for an integrated circuit device with electrically
isolated components having a contact or metallization
configuration to reduce parasitic coupling.
522 for beam-lead supported semiconductor islands in
integrated circuits.
573 for Darlington configuration non-isolated bipolar
transistors with resistance means connected between
transistor base regions and with housing or contact structure
or configuration.
576 for complementary bipolar transistors sharing a common
active region (e.g., IIL, I[supscrpt]2[end supscrpt]L)
including lateral bipolar transistor structure and having
contacts of a refractory material.
584 for bipolar transistor device with enlarged emitter area
and with housing or contact means.
602 for a voltage variable capacitance device with specified
housing or contact.
621 for a semiconductor device with electrical contact in a
hole in the semiconductor (e.g., lead extends through
semiconductor body).
624 for mesa structure device having a low resistance ohmic
connection along a mesa edge.
661 through 663, for superconductive contacts or leads.
664 for transmission line leads.
665 for contacts or leads including fusible link or noise
suppression means.
666 through 677, for lead frames.
688 and 689, for housings with large area flexible
electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active
semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element.
690 through 700, for housings with specified contact or
lead.
905 for plural DRAM cells sharing a common contact or common
trench.
926 for a device with an elongated lead extending axially
through another elongated lead.
928 for shorted pn or Schottky junction other than an
emitter junction.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 99 for bus bar
structure, per se.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclasses
772-776 for specific lead configurations connecting
electronic systems and devices to printed circuit boards.
Subclass:
735
Beam leads (i.e., leads that extend beyond the ends or sides
of a chip component):
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein electrical contact leads extend like beams beyond the
ends of a chip component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 411 for methods of forming
electrically isolated semiconductor islands held in place by
beam lead metallization; subclass 461 for methods of forming
beam leads on a semiconductor substrate combined with dicing
of the substrate into plural separate bodies; and subclass
611 for methods of forming beam lead metallization on a
semiconductor substrate.
Subclass:
736
Layered:
This subclass is indented under subclass 735. Subject matter
wherein the leads are made of at least two separate layers of
the same or different material.
Subclass:
737
Bump leads:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein an electrical contact is in the form of a relatively
abrupt protuberance on the surface of a solid-state
electronic device or chip/die containing such a device.
Subclass:
738
Ball shaped:
This subclass is indented under subclass 737. Subject matter
wherein the bump contacts have the spherical shape of a
ball.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
780 for ball shaped bonds, generally.
Subclass:
739
With textured surface:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein the surface of the contact or lead is rough or has a
characteristic of a closely interwoven fabric, rather than
being smooth.
Subclass:
740
With means to prevent contact from penetrating shallow PN
junction (e.g., prevention of aluminum "spiking"):
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein means are provided for preventing an electrical
contact from penetrating into the relatively thin PN junction
region.
(1) Note. This penetration is sometimes referred to as
"spiking", and if the contact material is aluminum,
prevention of this phenomenon is known as prevention of
aluminum spiking.
Subclass:
741
Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein the contact or lead is made of a specified material
other than an aluminum alloy.
Subclass:
742
With a semiconductor conductivity substitution type dopant
(e.g., germanium in the case of a gallium arsenide
semiconductor) in a contact metal):
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein the contact metal is doped with atoms of an element,
e.g., germanium in the case of a semiconductor of gallium
arsenide, which changes the conductivity of (i.e., introduces
holes or electrons into) the semiconductor material to which
the contact is connected.
Subclass:
743
For compound semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 742. Subject matter
in which the electrical contact material contacts and
contains a dopant for a semiconductor material which is a
chemical compound, as contrasted to an elemental
semiconductor.
Subclass:
744
For compound semiconductor material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
in which the electrical contact material contacts a
semiconductor material which is a chemical compound, as
contrasted to an elemental semiconductor.
Subclass:
745
Contact for III-V material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 744. Subject matter
in which the compound semiconductor material is a group III-V
compound, i.e., one component is from periodic table group
III and the other is from periodic table group V.
Subclass:
746
Composite material (e.g., fibers or strands embedded in solid
matrix):
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
in which the semiconductor contact material is formed as a
composite of, for example, fibers or strands embedded in a
solid matrix.
Subclass:
747
With thermal expansion matching of contact or lead material
to semiconductor active device:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
in which the electrical contact or lead material is chosen to
have a coefficient of thermal expansion which closely matches
that of the semiconductor active device material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
178 for regenerative device with housing and means to avoid
stress (e.g., thermal matching of electrode to
semiconductor).
633 for thermal expansion compensation between semiconductor
and insulating coating.
Subclass:
748
Plural layers of specified contact or lead material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 747. Subject matter
wherein the thermal expansion matching lead material is
layered.
Subclass:
749
At least portion of which is transparent to ultraviolet,
visible or infrared light:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein at least part of the contact or lead is transparent
to ultraviolet, visible, or infrared light.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
59 for FET devices in amorphous material with transparent
electrode.
72 for FET devices in non-single crystal semiconductor
material with transparent electrode.
449 for light responsive devices with transparent Schottky
barrier.
Subclass:
750
Layered:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein the specified contact material is layered.
Subclass:
751
At least one layer forms a diffusion barrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein at least one layer forms a barrier to the diffusion
of the contact material into the semiconductor or into
another contact layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
486 for Schottky barrier layers including a diffusion
barrier material.
Subclass:
752
Planarized to top of insulating layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a contact or lead and an insulating layer to which it
is connected form a single planar surface.
Subclass:
753
With adhesion promoting means (e.g., layer of material) to
promote adhesion of contact to an insulating layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a means, e.g., a layer of material, is provided to
promote adhesion of an electrical contact or lead to an
insulating surface.
Subclass:
754
At least one layer of silicide or polycrystalline silicon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein at least one layer of material is made up of a
silicide or polycrystalline silicon.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
381 and 538, for polycrystalline silicon resistive elements
connected to active semiconductor electronic devices.
554 and 588, for bipolar transistor devices with a
polycrystalline semiconductor connection electrode.
Subclass:
755
Polysilicon laminated with silicide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 754. Subject matter
wherein the layers include a polysilicon laminated with a
silicide.
(1) Note. Such laminated contacts of polysilicon and
silicide are sometimes called "polycide" contacts.
Subclass:
756
Multiple polysilicon layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 754. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead includes
multiple polysilicon layers.
Subclass:
757
Silicide of refractory or platinum group metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 754. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead includes a
silicide of a metal found in groups IVA, VA, VIA or VIIIA
(other than iron (Fe), nickel (Ni) or cobalt (Co)) of the
periodic table of the elements.
Subclass:
758
Multiple metal levels on semiconductor, separated by
insulating layer (e.g., multiple level metallization for
integrated circuit):
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein there are plural layers of metal forming electrical
contact material, the layers being separated by intervening
layers of insulator material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
211 for gate arrays with multi-level metallization.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
60, for processes of uniting plural bodies via an adhesive
material.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 118 for methods of packaging a semiconductor
device including a step of bonding utilizing an adhesive
material; see the search notes therein.
Subclass:
759
Including organic insulating material between metal levels:
This subclass is indented under subclass 758. Subject matter
wherein there is at least one layer of organic insulating
material between different layers of metal. An organic
compound is one which fulfills the requirements of the Class
260 definition, i.e., has a molecule characterized by two
carbon atoms bonded together, one atom of carbon being bonded
to at least one atom of hydrogen or a halogen, or one atom or
carbon bonded to at least one atom of nitrogen by a single or
double bond, certain compounds such as HCN, CN-CN, HNCO,
HNCS, cyanogen halides, cyanamide, fulminic acid and metal
carbides, being exceptions to this rule.
Subclass:
760
Separating insulating layer is laminate or composite of
plural insulating materials (e.g., silicon oxide on silicon
nitride, silicon oxynitride):
This subclass is indented under subclass 758. Subject matter
wherein there is at least one separating insulator layer
between different metal layers, which separating insulator
layer is itself made up of plural sublayers, or which
separating insulator layer is a composite such as a mixture
of silicon oxide and silicon nitride.
Subclass:
761
At least one layer containing vanadium, hafnium, niobium,
zirconium, or tantalum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead has at least one
layer which contains vanadium (V), hafnium (Hf), niobium
(Nb), zirconium (Zr), or tantalum (Ta).
Subclass:
762
At least one layer containing silver or copper:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead has at least one
layer which contains copper (Cu) or silver (Ag).
Subclass:
763
At least one layer of molybdenum, titanium, or tungsten:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead has at least one
layer of molybdenum (Mo), titanium (Ti) or tungsten (W).
Subclass:
764
Alloy containing molybdenum, titanium, or tungsten:
This subclass is indented under subclass 763. Subject matter
wherein at least one layer containing molybdenum, titanium,
or tungsten contains an alloy thereof.
Subclass:
765
At least one layer of an alloy containing aluminum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead has at least one
layer of an alloy containing aluminum (Al).
Subclass:
766
At least one layer containing chromium or nickel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 750. Subject matter
wherein a layered electrical contact or lead has at least one
layer containing chromium (Cr) or nickel (Ni).
Subclass:
767
Resistive to electromigration or diffusion of the contact or
lead material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein an electrical contact or lead material is adapted to
resist electromigration of the contact or lead material, or
diffusion of the contact or lead material into the material
to which the contact is attached.
Subclass:
768
Refractory or platinum group metal or alloy or silicide
thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein the specified contact or lead material is a
refractory metal or a platinum group metal, i.e., a metal
found in groups IVA, VA, VIA or VIIIA (other than iron (Fe),
nickel (Ni) or cobalt (Co)) of the periodic table of the
elements or a silicide (i.e., a binary compound of silicon),
usually with a more electropositive element or radical,
thereof.
Subclass:
769
Platinum group metal or silicide thereof:
This subclass is indented under subclass 768. Subject matter
wherein the specified contact or lead material is a platinum
group metal (i.e., platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium
(Rh), ruthenium (Ru), osmium (Os) or iridium (Ir)) or a
silicide i.e., a binary compound of silicon, usually with a
more electropositive element or radical, thereof.
Subclass:
770
Molybdenum, tungsten, or titanium or their silicides:
This subclass is indented under subclass 768. Subject matter
wherein the specified contact or lead material is molybdenum
(Mo), tungsten (W), titanium (Ti), or their silicides, (i.e.,
a binary compound of one of them with silicon).
Subclass:
771
Alloy containing aluminum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein the specific contact or lead material is an alloy
containing aluminum (Al).
Subclass:
772
Solder composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 741. Subject matter
wherein the specific contact or lead material is a solder
composition (i.e., a metal or metallic alloy that melts at
relatively low temperatures).
(1) Note. Solder is normally used to join metals with
higher melting points than the solder composition.
Subclass:
773
Of specified configuration:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
in which an electrical contact or lead has a specific
configuration or shape.
Subclass:
774
Via (interconnection hole) shape:
This subclass is indented under subclass 773. Subject matter
wherein the shape or configuration of an electrical contact
or lead is determined by the shape of a hole through an
insulating layer through which the contact extends.
Subclass:
775
Varying width or thickness of conductor:
This subclass is indented under subclass 773. Subject matter
wherein an electrical contact or lead has a width or
thickness which varies over the length of the contact or
lead.
Subclass:
776
Cross-over arrangement, component or structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 773. Subject matter
wherein means are provided for electrically insulating
electrical contact elements or leads which cross each other
to do so without a short circuit therebetween.
(1) Note. Electrically insulating components or structures
associated with electrical contact crossovers may be referred
to as bridges, tunnels, overpasses, underpasses, etc.
Subclass:
777
Chip mounted on chip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein a semiconductor substrate of an active solid-state
device is electrically connected to, and positioned on,
another semiconductor substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 760 for
plural modules or means of connection of components to a
printed circuit board.
Subclass:
778
Flip chip:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein a semiconductor substrate which contains an active
solid-state electronic device has electric contacts on the
top side thereof, the top side being that which contains an
active solid-state electronic device, and which is flipped so
that the contact side becomes the bottom side for connection
with a substrate which has matching electrical contacts.
Subclass:
779
Solder wettable contact, lead, or bond:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein an electrical contact or lead has a surface to which
solder will readily adhere.
Subclass:
780
Ball or nail head type contact, lead, or bond:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein a contact, lead, or bond is in the form of a wire
having an end for connection to the semiconductor which is in
the shape of a ball or nail head.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
738 for ball shaped bump contacts.
Subclass:
781
Layered contact, lead or bond:
This subclass is indented under subclass 780. Subject matter
wherein a ball or nail head type contact is made up of a
plurality of layers of the same or different material.
Subclass:
782
Die bond:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein a semiconductor chip containing at least one active
solid-state device and provided with a contact or lead is
provided with a means for attaching the chip to a supporting
member.
(1) Note. The supporting member or attachment may form part
of the contacts or leads for the chip, or be separate
therefrom.
Subclass:
783
With adhesive means:
This subclass is indented under subclass 782. Subject matter
wherein adhesive means (e.g., a layer) is provided to secure
a die (chip) which contains an active solid-state electronic
device to a supporting member.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
60 for processes of uniting plural bodies via an adhesive
material.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 118 for methods of packaging a semiconductor
device including a step of bonding utilizing an adhesive
material; see the search notes therein.
Subclass:
784
Wire contact, lead, or bond:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein the contact, lead or bond is a very flexible,
elongated, small diameter filament made of electrically
conductive material.
Subclass:
785
By pressure alone:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein the electrical contact, lead or bond is held in place
by pressure alone (e.g., by a spring clip).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
181 and 688+, for other electrodes in press contact with an
active semiconductor device.
Subclass:
786
Configuration or pattern of bonds:
This subclass is indented under subclass 734. Subject matter
wherein the electrical contact, lead or bond, has a specific
configuration or pattern.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
459 for light activated devices with particular bonding pad
arrangement.
625 for mesa structure semiconductor device bonded to heat
sink or thick electrical conductor.
Subclass:
787
ENCAPSULATED:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state electronic
device, often part of a semiconductor chip, is surrounded by
an electrically insulating material which forms a sealed
encasement therefor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
100 for encapsulated light emitter device.
433 for light responsive devices with housing or
encapsulation.
687 for a housing containing an encapsulant material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, particularly subclass 841 and 855 for
methods of assembling an electrical component to a base or
lead and encapsulating the same.
65, Glass Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses for the
manufacturing of glass encapsulated electronic devices or
components thereof.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 251
for a printed circuit with an encapsulated wire.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, subclass 272.11 for encapsulation of electrical
components.
343, Communications: Radio Wave Antennas, subclass 873 for
embedded, potted, or coated radio wave antennas.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
600 and 679 for enclosures, including encapsulated types,
for electrical and electronic devices.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly subclass 112 and 127 for methods of
encapsulating; see the search notes therein.
Subclass:
788
With specified encapsulant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 787. Subject matter
wherein the chemical composition of the material that
encapsulates the active solid-state electronic device is
specified.
Subclass:
789
With specified filler material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein a particular material has been added to an
encapsulant material to give it desirable mechanical,
thermal, electrical, or other desirable characteristics, and
the material is specified.
Subclass:
790
Plural encapsulating layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein the encapsulant is made up of more than one layer.
Subclass:
791
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein the encapsulant includes polysiloxane (i.e., any of
various polymeric compounds which contain alternate silicon
and oxygen atoms in either a linear or cyclic arrangement),
often with one or two organic groups attached to each silicon
atom.
Subclass:
792
Including polyimide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein the encapsulant includes polyimide i.e., a polymeric
compound resulting from replacement of both atoms of hydrogen
in an organic amine by organic univalent acid radicals or by
an organic divalent acid radical.
(1) Note. Polyimides are copolymers (polymers formed from
at least two different starting organic materials) which have
a linkage, as illustrated below, between the starting
materials, wherein R is typically hydrogen and
Q[subscrpt]1[end subscrpt] and Q[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt] are
the organic residues of the starting monomers.
Subclass:
793
Including epoxide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein the encapsulant includes an epoxy compound (i.e., a
compound containing three membered ring consisting or one
oxygen and two carbon atoms).
Subclass:
794
Including glass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 788. Subject matter
wherein the encapsulant contains glass (i.e., an amorphous
inorganic, usually transparent or translucent substance
consisting of a mixture of silicates or borates or phosphates
formed by fusion of silica or of oxides of boron or
phosphorous with a flux and stabilizer that cools to a rigid
condition without crystallization).
Subclass:
795
With specified filler material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 787. Subject matter
wherein a particular material has been added to an
encapsulant material to give it desirable mechanical,
thermal, electrical, or other desirable characteristics, and
the material is specified.
Subclass:
796
With heat sink embedded in encapsulant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 787. Subject matter
wherein a heat sink is embedded in the encapsulant.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
704 thru 723 for thermal conduction means.
Subclass:
797
ALIGNMENT MARKS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the active solid-state device is
provided with one or more indicia or marks used during
fabrication of the device to facilitate accurate alignment of
regions in the device.
Subclass:
798
MISCELLANEOUS:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter wherein the subject matter is not otherwise
provided for.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
Subclass:
900
MOSFET TYPE GATE SIDEWALL INSULATING SPACER:
Subject matter wherein a metal oxide semiconductor field
effect transistor with a gate electrode includes a relatively
thick layer of electrically insulating material along the
side wall of the gate electrode and wherein the source or
drain region of the transistor has a distinct portion which
is distant from the gate electrode and is aligned with the
edge of the insulating material, so that the source or drain
region is spaced from the gate electrode by the thickness of
the insulating material.
Subclass:
901
MOSFET SUBSTRATE BIAS:
Subject matter wherein an electrical bias is applied between
the substrate and the source electrode of a metal oxide field
effect transistor.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
299 for an insulated gate capacitor, or transistor combined
with capacitor, with a substrate bias generator.
Subclass:
902
FET WITH METAL SOURCE REGION:
Subject matter including a field effect transistor with a
source region that comprises a metal material (e.g., a
Schottky barrier or ohmic contact to the channel region).
Subclass:
903
FET CONFIGURATION ADAPTED FOR USE AS STATIC MEMORY CELL:
Subject matter wherein a field effect transistor is
structurally arranged to be used in a static memory element
(i.e., one in which information need not be periodically
refreshed).
Subclass:
904
WITH PASSIVE COMPONENTS, (e.g., POLYSILICON RESISTORS):
This subclass is indented under subclass 903. Subject matter
including a solid-state electronic part/component in which
charge carriers do not change their energy levels and that
does not provide rectification, amplification, or switching,
but which does react to voltage and current. Examples are
pure resistors, capacitors and inductors.
Subclass:
905
PLURAL DRAM CELLS SHARE COMMON CONTACT OR COMMON TRENCH:
Subject matter comprising plural dynamic random access memory
elements which share an electrical contact or trench.
Subclass:
906
DRAM WITH CAPACITOR ELECTRODES USED FOR ACCESSING (E.G., BIT
LINE IS CAPACITOR PLATE):
Subject matter comprising a dynamic random access memory
element having an electrode which forms one plate of a
storage capacitor, which electrode is adapted to be supplied
with varying electrical signals to get information into or
out of the memory element.
Subclass:
907
FOLDED BIT LINE DRAM CONFIGURATION:
Subject matter comprising an array of dynamic random access
memory elements including differential sense amplifiers each
connected to two different rows of memory cells, wherein the
two rows of memory cells connected to a specific sense
amplifier lie adjacent and parallel to each other on the same
side of the sense amplifier.
Subclass:
908
DRAM CONFIGURATION WITH TRANSISTORS AND CAPACITORS OF PAIRS
OF CELLS ALONG A STRAIGHT LINE BETWEEN ADJACENT BIT LINES:
Subject matter comprising dynamic random access memory
elements having transistors and capacitors, where memory
elements connected to adjacent bit lines have transistors and
capacitors which are not staggered but which lie along a
straight line which is located between the adjacent bit lines
of the device.
Subclass:
909
MACROCELL ARRAYS (E.G., GATE ARRAYS WITH VARIABLE SIZE OR
CONFIGURATION OF CELLS):
Subject matter comprising plural geometric arrangements of
groups of active solid-state devices, each group being
connectable into a logic circuit, in one integrated,
monolithic semiconductor chip. in which different groups
differ from each other in size, complexity, or number of
components.
Subclass:
910
DIODE ARRAYS (E.G., DIODE READ-ONLY MEMORY ARRAY):
A repeating geometric arrangement of electronic devices which
have two terminals and an asymmetrical or nonlinear
voltage-current characteristic.
Subclass:
911
LIGHT SENSITIVE ARRAY ADAPTED TO BE SCANNED BY ELECTRON BEAM
(E.G.,VIDICON DEVICE):
A repeating geometric arrangement of light sensitive devices
structured to be scanned by an electron beam.
Subclass:
912
CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE USING BOTH ELECTRON AND HOLE SIGNAL
CARRIERS:
Subject matter wherein a charge transfer device* uses both
electron and hole carriers in the same transfer or storage
regions of the charge transfer device.
Subclass:
913
WITH MEANS TO ABSORB OR LOCALIZE UNWANTED IMPURITIES OR
DEFECTS FROM SEMICONDUCTORS (E.G., HEAVY METAL GETTERING):
Subject matter including a semiconductor device having means
to absorb or localize semiconductor impurities or defects
which would adversely affect the performance of the device,
e.g., phosphosilicate glass coating to absorb deep level
impurities.
Subclass:
914
POLYSILICON CONTAINING OXYGEN, NITROGEN, OR CARBON (E.G.,
SIPOS):
Subject matter comprising polycrystalline silicon which
contains oxygen, nitrogen, or carbon.
Subclass:
915
WITH TITANIUM NITRIDE PORTION OR REGION:
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device includes
a portion or region of the device which contains titanium
nitride.
Subclass:
916
NARROW BAND GAP SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL (<<1eV):
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device material
is a semiconductor in which the difference between the energy
levels of electrons bound to their nuclei (valence electrons)
and the energy levels that allow electrons to migrate freely
(conduction electrons) is less than one electron volt.
Subclass:
917
PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY TYPE IN SAME REGION:
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device has a
region or portion which contains at least two different
impurity elements which have the same electrical conductivity
type (i.e., both p-type or both n-type).
Subclass:
918
LIGHT EMITTING REGENERATIVE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., LIGHT
EMITTING SCR) ARRAYS, CIRCUITRY, ETC.:
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device acts as
if it has two or more active emitter junctions each of which
is associated with a separate, equivalent transistor having
an individual gain and, when initiated by a base region*
current, the equivalent transistors mutually drive each other
in a regenerative manner to lower the voltage drop between
the emitters, and which active solid-state device can
generate light.
(1) Note. If the current is above a level IH, called the
"holding current*", then the device will remain ON when the
triggering signal is removed by the regenerative feedback
therebetween, and is then said to be "latched*".
Subclass:
919
ELEMENTS OF SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION CONNECTED IN SERIES OR
PARALLEL TO AVERAGE OUT MANUFACTURING VARIATIONS IN
CHARACTERISTICS:
Subject matter comprising devices wherein components or
portions or regions of the devices having similar structure
are electrically connected in series or parallel to average
out manufacturing variations in their operational
characteristics.
Subclass:
920
CONDUCTOR LAYERS ON DIFFERENT LEVELS CONNECTED IN PARALLEL
(E.G., TO REDUCE RESISTANCE):
Subject matter wherein a device contains layers of electrical
conductors and different conductor layers are electrically
connected in parallel, to improve device operation (e.g., to
reduce conductor resistance).
Subclass:
921
RADIATION HARDENED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE:
Subject matter in which an active solid-state device is
provided with means to render it relatively less susceptible
to being damaged or deleteriously affected in any way by
radiant energy (e.g., alpha particles).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
659 for means to shield active solid-state devices from
harmful radiation.
Subclass:
922
WITH MEANS TO PREVENT INSPECTION OF OR TAMPERING WITH AN
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (E.G., "SMART CARD", ANTI-TAMPER):
Subject matter comprising an integrated circuit with means to
prevent inspection of, or tampering with the integrated
circuit (e.g., an integrated circuit used in a "smart card"
credit or bank card).
Subclass:
923
WITH MEANS TO OPTIMIZE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR CURRENT CARRYING
CAPACITY (E.G., PARTICULAR CONDUCTOR ASPECT RATIO):
Subject matter in which an active solid-state device includes
means to optimize the current carrying capacity of an
electrical conductor of the device, e.g., by using a
particular conductor cross-sectional configuration.
Subclass:
924
WITH PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., CAPACITOR), OR BATTERY, AS
INTEGRAL PART OF HOUSING OR HOUSING ELEMENT (E.G., CAP):
Subject matter which includes a distinct solid-state
electronic device in which charge carriers do not change
their energy levels and that does not provide rectification,
amplification or switching, but which does react to voltage
and current (e.g., resistors, capacitors, and inductors), or
contains a battery, as an integral part of a housing or
housing element for an active solid-state device.
Subclass:
925
BRIDGE RECTIFIER MODULE:
Subject matter comprising a self-contained element which
includes two or more junction diodes structurally
interconnected as a rectifier bridge circuit.
Subclass:
926
ELONGATED LEAD EXTENDING AXIALLY THROUGH ANOTHER ELONGATED
LEAD:
Subject matter wherein an active solid-state device includes
more than one electrical lead wherein one relatively long
lead is coaxially located within another relatively long
lead.
Subclass:
927
DIFFERENT DOPING LEVELS IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF PN JUNCTION TO
PRODUCE SHAPED DEPLETION LAYER:
Subject matter wherein a pn junction device contains impurity
dopants with differing concentrations of dopant in different
parts of the PN junction such that a depletion region
associated with the PN junction has a controlled shape.
Subclass:
928
WITH SHORTED PN OR SCHOTTKY JUNCTION OTHER THAN EMITTER
JUNCTION:
Subject matter wherein a device has a pn or Schottky junction
electrode which is electrically short circuited (i.e., there
is a direct connection to both sides of the junction).
Subclass:
929
PN JUNCTION ISOLATED INTEGRATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATION WALLS
HAVING MINIMUM DOPANT CONCENTRATION AT INTERMEDIATE DEPTH IN
EPITAXIAL LAYER (E.G., DIFFUSED FROM BOTH SURFACES OF
EPITAXIAL LAYER):
Subject matter comprising an integrated circuit with pn
junction isolation and having boundary walls isolating the
integrated circuit from its substrate, wherein the walls have
a minimum concentration of dopant at an intermediate depth in
an epitaxial layer substrate (e.g., diffused from both
surfaces of an epitaxial layer).
Subclass:
930
THERMOELECTRIC (E.G., PELTIER EFFECT) COOLING:
Subject matter comprising means thermally connected to an
active solid-state device which, when subjected to the
application of an electric or magnetic field or electric
current, causes heat to be absorbed and thereby to cool the
active solid-state device.
Information Products Division -- Contacts
Questions regarding this report should be directed to:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Information Products Division
PK3- Suite 441
Washington, DC 20231
tel: (703) 306-2600
FAX: (703) 306-2737
email: oeip@uspto.gov
Last Modified: 6 October 2000